include/
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / doc / as.texinfo
CommitLineData
252b5132 1\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
f7e42eb4 2@c Copyright 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000,
ad22bfe8 3@c 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007
252b5132
RH
4@c Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5@c UPDATE!! On future updates--
6@c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
7@c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
8@c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
9@c in config/tc-*.c
10@c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
11@c in config/obj-*.c
12@c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
13@c %**start of header
14@setfilename as.info
15@c ---config---
a4fb0134
SC
16@macro gcctabopt{body}
17@code{\body\}
18@end macro
252b5132
RH
19@c defaults, config file may override:
20@set have-stabs
21@c ---
4a4c4a1d
MR
22@c man begin NAME
23@c ---
252b5132 24@include asconfig.texi
c428fa83 25@include bfdver.texi
252b5132 26@c ---
0285c67d 27@c man end
4a4c4a1d 28@c ---
252b5132 29@c common OR combinations of conditions
c1253627
NC
30@ifset COFF
31@set COFF-ELF
32@end ifset
33@ifset ELF
34@set COFF-ELF
35@end ifset
252b5132
RH
36@ifset AOUT
37@set aout-bout
38@end ifset
39@ifset ARM/Thumb
40@set ARM
41@end ifset
42@ifset BOUT
43@set aout-bout
44@end ifset
45@ifset H8/300
46@set H8
47@end ifset
252b5132
RH
48@ifset SH
49@set H8
50@end ifset
51@ifset HPPA
52@set abnormal-separator
53@end ifset
54@c ------------
55@ifset GENERIC
56@settitle Using @value{AS}
57@end ifset
58@ifclear GENERIC
59@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
60@end ifclear
61@setchapternewpage odd
62@c %**end of header
63
64@c @smallbook
65@c @set SMALL
66@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
67@c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
68@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
69@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
70@c
71@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
72@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
73@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
74@c break.
75@c
76@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
77@c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
78@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
79@c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
80@c discretion, of course.
81@ifinfo
82@set SMALL
83@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
84@c might as well show 'em anyways.
85@end ifinfo
86
87@ifinfo
88@format
89START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
90* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
59455fb1 91* Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
252b5132
RH
92END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
93@end format
94@end ifinfo
95
96@finalout
97@syncodeindex ky cp
98
0e9517a9 99@copying
252b5132
RH
100This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
101
0285c67d 102@c man begin COPYRIGHT
0e9517a9 103Copyright @copyright{} 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000, 2001, 2002,
ad22bfe8 1042006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 105
0285c67d
NC
106Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
107under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
108or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
109with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
110Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 111section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
0285c67d
NC
112
113@c man end
0e9517a9 114@end copying
252b5132
RH
115
116@titlepage
117@title Using @value{AS}
118@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
119@ifclear GENERIC
120@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
121@end ifclear
e49e529d
JM
122@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
123@sp 1
124@subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
125@end ifset
252b5132
RH
126@sp 1
127@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
128@sp 1
129@sp 13
b45619c0 130The Free Software Foundation Inc.@: thanks The Nice Computer
252b5132 131Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
a4fb0134 132first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
252b5132
RH
133The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
134distracting the boss while they got some work
135done.
136@sp 3
137@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
138@page
139@tex
140{\parskip=0pt
141\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
142\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
143}
144%"boxit" macro for figures:
145%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
146\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
147 \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
148#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
149\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
150@end tex
151
152@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
ad22bfe8
JM
153Copyright @copyright{} 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000, 2001, 2002,
1542006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 155
cf055d54
NC
156 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
157 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
158 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
159 with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
160 Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 161 section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
252b5132 162
252b5132 163@end titlepage
4ecceb71 164@contents
252b5132 165
2e64b665 166@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
167@node Top
168@top Using @value{AS}
169
e49e529d
JM
170This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}
171@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
172@value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
173@end ifset
174version @value{VERSION}.
252b5132 175@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 176This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
177code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
178@end ifclear
cf055d54
NC
179
180This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
181Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 182section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
cf055d54 183
252b5132
RH
184@menu
185* Overview:: Overview
186* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
187* Syntax:: Syntax
188* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
189* Symbols:: Symbols
190* Expressions:: Expressions
191* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
3a99f02f
DJ
192@ifset ELF
193* Object Attributes:: Object Attributes
194@end ifset
252b5132
RH
195* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
196* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
197* Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
cf055d54 198* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
28c9d252 199* AS Index:: AS Index
252b5132 200@end menu
2e64b665 201@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
202
203@node Overview
204@chapter Overview
205@iftex
a4fb0134 206This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 207@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 208This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
209code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
210@end ifclear
211@end iftex
212
213@cindex invocation summary
214@cindex option summary
215@cindex summary of options
a4fb0134 216Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
96e9638b 217see @ref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
252b5132 218
0285c67d
NC
219@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
220
a4fb0134 221@ignore
0285c67d
NC
222@c man begin SEEALSO
223gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
224@c man end
a4fb0134 225@end ignore
0285c67d 226
252b5132
RH
227@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
228@c to be limited to one line for the header.
229@smallexample
0285c67d 230@c man begin SYNOPSIS
83f10cb2 231@value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdghlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}]
3d6b762c 232 [@b{--debug-prefix-map} @var{old}=@var{new}]
4bdd3565
NC
233 [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}]
234 [@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-2}] [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}]
235 [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
236 [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
237 [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}] [@b{-o}
238 @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}] [@b{--reduce-memory-overheads}] [@b{--statistics}]
239 [@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}] [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}]
a0b7da79
MM
240 [@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}] [@b{-Z}] [@b{@@@var{FILE}}]
241 [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}]
242 [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
a4fb0134
SC
243@c
244@c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
245@c Add an empty line for separation.
625e1353
RH
246@ifset ALPHA
247
248@emph{Target Alpha options:}
249 [@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
250 [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
251 [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
252 [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
253@end ifset
252b5132 254@ifset ARC
a4fb0134
SC
255
256@emph{Target ARC options:}
257 [@b{-marc[5|6|7|8]}]
258 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
252b5132
RH
259@end ifset
260@ifset ARM
a4fb0134
SC
261
262@emph{Target ARM options:}
03b1477f 263@c Don't document the deprecated options
92081f48
HPN
264 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
265 [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
33a392fb
PB
266 [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}]
267 [@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}]
d507cf36 268 [@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}]
03b1477f 269 [@b{-mthumb}]
a4fb0134
SC
270 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
271 [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
272 @b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
7f266840 273 [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}]
252b5132 274@end ifset
328eb32e
HPN
275@ifset CRIS
276
277@emph{Target CRIS options:}
278 [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
279 [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
280 [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
ae57792d 281 [@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}]
328eb32e
HPN
282@c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
283@c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
284@end ifset
252b5132 285@ifset D10V
a4fb0134
SC
286
287@emph{Target D10V options:}
288 [@b{-O}]
252b5132
RH
289@end ifset
290@ifset D30V
a4fb0134
SC
291
292@emph{Target D30V options:}
293 [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
252b5132
RH
294@end ifset
295@ifset H8
6fd4f6cc
DD
296
297@emph{Target H8/300 options:}
298 [-h-tick-hex]
252b5132
RH
299@end ifset
300@ifset HPPA
301@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
302@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
303@ifset I80386
304
305@emph{Target i386 options:}
12b55ccc 306 [@b{--32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}]
6305a203 307 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}[+@var{EXTENSION}@dots{}]] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}]
252b5132
RH
308@end ifset
309@ifset I960
a4fb0134
SC
310
311@emph{Target i960 options:}
252b5132 312@c see md_parse_option in tc-i960.c
a4fb0134
SC
313 [@b{-ACA}|@b{-ACA_A}|@b{-ACB}|@b{-ACC}|@b{-AKA}|@b{-AKB}|
314 @b{-AKC}|@b{-AMC}]
315 [@b{-b}] [@b{-no-relax}]
252b5132 316@end ifset
587fe2b3 317@ifset IA64
a4fb0134 318
9e32ca89
NC
319@emph{Target IA-64 options:}
320 [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
321 [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
322 [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
8c2fda1d 323 [@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}]
970d6792 324 [@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}]
91d777ee 325 [@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}]
9e32ca89
NC
326 [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
327@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
328@ifset IP2K
329
330@emph{Target IP2K options:}
331 [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
332@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
333@ifset M32C
334
335@emph{Target M32C options:}
c54b5932 336 [@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}] [-relax] [-h-tick-hex]
49f58d10 337@end ifset
587fe2b3 338@ifset M32R
9e32ca89 339
a4fb0134
SC
340@emph{Target M32R options:}
341 [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
587fe2b3 342 @b{--W[n]p}]
ec694b89 343@end ifset
252b5132 344@ifset M680X0
a4fb0134
SC
345
346@emph{Target M680X0 options:}
347 [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
252b5132 348@end ifset
60bcf0fa 349@ifset M68HC11
a4fb0134
SC
350
351@emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
d01030e6 352 [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}]
2f904664
SC
353 [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
354 [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
1370e33d 355 [@b{--force-long-branches}] [@b{--short-branches}]
a4fb0134
SC
356 [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
357 [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
358@end ifset
359@ifset MCORE
360
361@emph{Target MCORE options:}
362 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
363 [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
60bcf0fa 364@end ifset
252b5132 365@ifset MIPS
a4fb0134
SC
366
367@emph{Target MIPS options:}
78849248 368 [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
437ee9d5 369 [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
0c000745 370 [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot} [@b{-mvxworks-pic}]
437ee9d5
TS
371 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
372 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
af7ee8bf 373 [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
5f74bc13 374 [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}]
437ee9d5
TS
375 [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
376 [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
377 [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
378 [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
e16bfa71 379 [@b{-msmartmips}] [@b{-mno-smartmips}]
1f25f5d3 380 [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
deec1734 381 [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
2ef2b9ae 382 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-mno-dsp}]
8b082fb1 383 [@b{-mdspr2}] [@b{-mno-dspr2}]
ef2e4d86 384 [@b{-mmt}] [@b{-mno-mt}]
ecb4347a 385 [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
dcd410fe 386 [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}]
3c3bdf30
NC
387@end ifset
388@ifset MMIX
a4fb0134
SC
389
390@emph{Target MMIX options:}
391 [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
392 [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
393 [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
973eb340 394 [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
a4fb0134
SC
395@end ifset
396@ifset PDP11
397
398@emph{Target PDP11 options:}
399 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
400 [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
401 [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
402@end ifset
403@ifset PJ
404
405@emph{Target picoJava options:}
406 [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
407@end ifset
408@ifset PPC
409
410@emph{Target PowerPC options:}
411 [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|
412 @b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|@b{-mppc64}|@b{-m620}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|@b{-mbooke}|
413 @b{-mbooke32}|@b{-mbooke64}]
9b4e5766 414 [@b{-mcom}|@b{-many}|@b{-maltivec}|@b{-mvsx}] [@b{-memb}]
a4fb0134
SC
415 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
416 [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}]
417 [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
418 [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
419@end ifset
420@ifset SPARC
421
422@emph{Target SPARC options:}
423@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
424 [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
425 @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}]
426 [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}] [@b{-bump}]
427 [@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
428@end ifset
429@ifset TIC54X
430
431@emph{Target TIC54X options:}
432 [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
433 [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
434@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
435
436@ifset Z80
437
438@emph{Target Z80 options:}
439 [@b{-z80}] [@b{-r800}]
440 [@b{ -ignore-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wnud}]
441 [@b{ -ignore-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wnup}]
442 [@b{ -warn-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wud}]
443 [@b{ -warn-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wup}]
444 [@b{ -forbid-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Fud}]
445 [@b{ -forbid-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Fup}]
446@end ifset
447
a4fb0134
SC
448@ifset Z8000
449@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
252b5132 450@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
451@ifset XTENSA
452
453@emph{Target Xtensa options:}
43cd72b9 454 [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}]
e0001a05 455 [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
43cd72b9 456 [@b{--[no-]transform}]
9456465c 457 [@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}]
e0001a05 458@end ifset
0285c67d 459@c man end
252b5132
RH
460@end smallexample
461
0285c67d
NC
462@c man begin OPTIONS
463
a4fb0134 464@table @gcctabopt
38fc1cb1 465@include at-file.texi
a0b7da79 466
83f10cb2 467@item -a[cdghlmns]
252b5132
RH
468Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
469
a4fb0134 470@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
471@item -ac
472omit false conditionals
473
474@item -ad
475omit debugging directives
476
83f10cb2
NC
477@item -ag
478include general information, like @value{AS} version and options passed
479
252b5132
RH
480@item -ah
481include high-level source
482
483@item -al
484include assembly
485
486@item -am
487include macro expansions
488
489@item -an
490omit forms processing
491
492@item -as
493include symbols
494
495@item =file
496set the name of the listing file
497@end table
498
499You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
500listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
501the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
502
caa32fe5 503@item --alternate
96e9638b
BW
504Begin in alternate macro mode.
505@ifclear man
506@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
507@end ifclear
caa32fe5 508
252b5132
RH
509@item -D
510Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
511other assemblers.
512
3d6b762c
JM
513@item --debug-prefix-map @var{old}=@var{new}
514When assembling files in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging
515information describing them as in @file{@var{new}} instead.
516
252b5132
RH
517@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
518Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
519@var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
bf083c64
NC
520indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal
521value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
522use of a @code{.set} pseudo-op.
252b5132
RH
523
524@item -f
525``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
526compiler output).
527
329e276d
NC
528@item -g
529@itemx --gen-debug
530Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
531debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS,
532ECOFF or DWARF2.
533
252b5132
RH
534@item --gstabs
535Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
536may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
537
05da4302
NC
538@item --gstabs+
539Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU
540extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
541debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
542may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is
543the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
544
329e276d 545@item --gdwarf-2
cdf82bcf 546Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
c1253627 547may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
85a39694 548option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
cdf82bcf 549
252b5132
RH
550@item --help
551Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
552
ea20a7da
CC
553@item --target-help
554Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
555
252b5132
RH
556@item -I @var{dir}
557Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
558
559@item -J
560Don't warn about signed overflow.
561
562@item -K
563@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
564This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
565@end ifclear
566@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
567Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
568@end ifset
569
570@item -L
571@itemx --keep-locals
ba83aca1
BW
572Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with
573system-specific local label prefixes, typically @samp{.L} for ELF systems
574or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems.
575@ifclear man
576@xref{Symbol Names}.
577@end ifclear
252b5132 578
c3a27914
NC
579@item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
580Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
581listing to @var{number}.
582
583@item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
584Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
585lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
586
587@item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
588Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
589@var{number} bytes.
590
591@item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
592Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
593to @var{number} + 1.
594
252b5132 595@item -o @var{objfile}
a4fb0134 596Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
252b5132
RH
597
598@item -R
599Fold the data section into the text section.
600
4bdd3565
NC
601@kindex --hash-size=@var{number}
602Set the default size of GAS's hash tables to a prime number close to
603@var{number}. Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the
604assembler to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the assembler's
605memory requirements. Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory
606requirements at the expense of speed.
607
608@item --reduce-memory-overheads
609This option reduces GAS's memory requirements, at the expense of making the
610assembly processes slower. Currently this switch is a synonym for
611@samp{--hash-size=4051}, but in the future it may have other effects as well.
612
252b5132
RH
613@item --statistics
614Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
615assembly.
616
617@item --strip-local-absolute
618Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
619
620@item -v
621@itemx -version
a4fb0134 622Print the @command{as} version.
252b5132
RH
623
624@item --version
a4fb0134 625Print the @command{as} version and exit.
252b5132
RH
626
627@item -W
2bdd6cf5 628@itemx --no-warn
252b5132
RH
629Suppress warning messages.
630
2bdd6cf5
GK
631@item --fatal-warnings
632Treat warnings as errors.
633
634@item --warn
635Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
636
252b5132
RH
637@item -w
638Ignored.
639
640@item -x
641Ignored.
642
643@item -Z
644Generate an object file even after errors.
645
646@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
647Standard input, or source files to assemble.
648
649@end table
650
651@ifset ARC
652The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
653an ARC processor.
654
a4fb0134 655@table @gcctabopt
0d2bcfaf
NC
656@item -marc[5|6|7|8]
657This option selects the core processor variant.
658@item -EB | -EL
659Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
252b5132
RH
660@end table
661@end ifset
662
663@ifset ARM
664The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
665processor family.
666
a4fb0134 667@table @gcctabopt
92081f48 668@item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 669Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
92081f48 670@item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 671Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
03b1477f 672@item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
a349d9dd 673Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
33a392fb
PB
674@item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi}
675Select which floating point ABI is in use.
03b1477f
RE
676@item -mthumb
677Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
7f266840 678@item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant
252b5132
RH
679Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
680@item -EB | -EL
681Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
cdf82bcf
NC
682@item -mthumb-interwork
683Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
684ARM code in mind.
685@item -k
686Specify that PIC code has been generated.
252b5132
RH
687@end table
688@end ifset
689
328eb32e
HPN
690@ifset CRIS
691See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
692@end ifset
693
252b5132
RH
694@ifset D10V
695The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
696a D10V processor.
a4fb0134 697@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
698@cindex D10V optimization
699@cindex optimization, D10V
700@item -O
701Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
702@end table
703@end ifset
704
705@ifset D30V
706The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
707processor.
a4fb0134 708@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
709@cindex D30V optimization
710@cindex optimization, D30V
711@item -O
712Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
713
714@cindex D30V nops
715@item -n
716Warn when nops are generated.
717
718@cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
719@item -N
720Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
721@end table
722@end ifset
723
724@ifset I960
725The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
726Intel 80960 processor.
727
a4fb0134 728@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
729@item -ACA | -ACA_A | -ACB | -ACC | -AKA | -AKB | -AKC | -AMC
730Specify which variant of the 960 architecture is the target.
731
732@item -b
733Add code to collect statistics about branches taken.
734
735@item -no-relax
736Do not alter compare-and-branch instructions for long displacements;
737error if necessary.
738
739@end table
740@end ifset
741
a40cbfa3
NC
742@ifset IP2K
743The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
ec88d317 744Ubicom IP2K series.
a40cbfa3
NC
745
746@table @gcctabopt
747
748@item -mip2022ext
749Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
750
751@item -mip2022
8dfa0188 752Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
a40cbfa3
NC
753just the basic IP2022 ones.
754
755@end table
756@end ifset
757
49f58d10
JB
758@ifset M32C
759The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
760Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
761
762@table @gcctabopt
763
764@item -m32c
765Assemble M32C instructions.
766
767@item -m16c
768Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
769
c54b5932
DD
770@item -relax
771Enable support for link-time relaxations.
772
773@item -h-tick-hex
774Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style.
775
49f58d10
JB
776@end table
777@end ifset
778
ec694b89
NC
779@ifset M32R
780The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
26597c86 781Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
ec694b89 782
a4fb0134 783@table @gcctabopt
ec694b89
NC
784
785@item --m32rx
786Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
787is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
788
789@item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
790Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
791encountered.
792
793@item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
794Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
795encountered.
796
797@end table
798@end ifset
252b5132
RH
799
800@ifset M680X0
801The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
802Motorola 68000 series.
803
a4fb0134 804@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
805
806@item -l
807Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
808
0285c67d
NC
809@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
810@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
811@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
252b5132
RH
812Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
813is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
814
815@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
816The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
817The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
818the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
819two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
820coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
821
822@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
823The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
824unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
825
826@end table
827@end ifset
828
e135f41b
NC
829@ifset PDP11
830
831For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
832see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
833
a4fb0134 834@table @gcctabopt
e135f41b
NC
835@item -mpic | -mno-pic
836Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
a4fb0134 837default is @option{-mpic}.
e135f41b
NC
838
839@item -mall
840@itemx -mall-extensions
841Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
842
843@item -mno-extensions
844Disable all instruction set extensions.
845
846@item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
847Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
848
849@item -m@var{cpu}
850Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
851disable all other extensions.
852
853@item -m@var{machine}
854Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
855model, and disable all other extensions.
856@end table
857
858@end ifset
859
041dd5a9
ILT
860@ifset PJ
861The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
862a picoJava processor.
863
a4fb0134 864@table @gcctabopt
041dd5a9
ILT
865
866@cindex PJ endianness
867@cindex endianness, PJ
868@cindex big endian output, PJ
869@item -mb
870Generate ``big endian'' format output.
871
872@cindex little endian output, PJ
873@item -ml
874Generate ``little endian'' format output.
875
876@end table
877@end ifset
878
60bcf0fa
NC
879@ifset M68HC11
880The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
881Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
882
a4fb0134 883@table @gcctabopt
60bcf0fa 884
d01030e6 885@item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12
60bcf0fa
NC
886Specify what processor is the target. The default is
887defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
888
2f904664
SC
889@item -mshort
890Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
891
892@item -mlong
893Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
894
895@item -mshort-double
896Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
897
898@item -mlong-double
899Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
900
1370e33d 901@item --force-long-branches
60bcf0fa
NC
902Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
903conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
904sub routine.
905
1370e33d
NC
906@item -S | --short-branches
907Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
60bcf0fa
NC
908when the offset is out of range.
909
910@item --strict-direct-mode
911Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
912when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
913
914@item --print-insn-syntax
915Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
916
917@item --print-opcodes
918print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
919
920@item --generate-example
921print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
a4fb0134 922This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
60bcf0fa
NC
923
924@end table
925@end ifset
926
252b5132 927@ifset SPARC
a4fb0134 928The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
252b5132
RH
929for the SPARC architecture:
930
a4fb0134 931@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
932@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
933@itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
934Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
935
936@samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
937@samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
938
939@samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
940UltraSPARC extensions.
941
942@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
943For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
944equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
945
946@item -bump
947Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
948@end table
949@end ifset
950
39bec121
TW
951@ifset TIC54X
952The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
953architecture.
954
a4fb0134 955@table @gcctabopt
39bec121
TW
956@item -mfar-mode
957Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
958extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
959@item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
960Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
961@item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
962Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
963behaviour in the shell.
964@end table
965@end ifset
966
252b5132
RH
967@ifset MIPS
968The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
437ee9d5 969a @sc{mips} processor.
252b5132 970
a4fb0134 971@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
972@item -G @var{num}
973This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
974implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
975use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
976
977@cindex MIPS endianness
978@cindex endianness, MIPS
979@cindex big endian output, MIPS
980@item -EB
981Generate ``big endian'' format output.
982
983@cindex little endian output, MIPS
984@item -EL
985Generate ``little endian'' format output.
986
987@cindex MIPS ISA
988@item -mips1
989@itemx -mips2
990@itemx -mips3
e7af610e 991@itemx -mips4
437ee9d5 992@itemx -mips5
e7af610e 993@itemx -mips32
af7ee8bf 994@itemx -mips32r2
4058e45f 995@itemx -mips64
5f74bc13 996@itemx -mips64r2
437ee9d5
TS
997Generate code for a particular @sc{mips} Instruction Set Architecture level.
998@samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
999alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
1000@samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
5f74bc13
CD
1001@samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips64}, and
1002@samp{-mips64r2}
af7ee8bf 1003correspond to generic
5f74bc13
CD
1004@samp{MIPS V}, @samp{MIPS32}, @samp{MIPS32 Release 2}, @samp{MIPS64},
1005and @samp{MIPS64 Release 2}
1006ISA processors, respectively.
437ee9d5
TS
1007
1008@item -march=@var{CPU}
1009Generate code for a particular @sc{mips} cpu.
1010
1011@item -mtune=@var{cpu}
1012Schedule and tune for a particular @sc{mips} cpu.
1013
1014@item -mfix7000
1015@itemx -mno-fix7000
1016Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
1017of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
1018
ecb4347a
DJ
1019@item -mdebug
1020@itemx -no-mdebug
1021Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
1022section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
1023
dcd410fe
RO
1024@item -mpdr
1025@itemx -mno-pdr
1026Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections.
1027
437ee9d5
TS
1028@item -mgp32
1029@itemx -mfp32
1030The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1031flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
1032all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1033and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1034
1035@item -mips16
1036@itemx -no-mips16
1037Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
1038@code{.set mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
1039turns off this option.
252b5132 1040
e16bfa71
TS
1041@item -msmartmips
1042@itemx -mno-smartmips
1043Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is
1044equivalent to putting @code{.set smartmips} at the start of the assembly file.
1045@samp{-mno-smartmips} turns off this option.
1046
1f25f5d3
CD
1047@item -mips3d
1048@itemx -no-mips3d
1049Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
1050This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
1051@samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
1052
deec1734
CD
1053@item -mdmx
1054@itemx -no-mdmx
1055Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
1056This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
1057@samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
1058
2ef2b9ae
CF
1059@item -mdsp
1060@itemx -mno-dsp
8b082fb1
TS
1061Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
1062This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions.
2ef2b9ae
CF
1063@samp{-mno-dsp} turns off this option.
1064
8b082fb1
TS
1065@item -mdspr2
1066@itemx -mno-dspr2
1067Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
1068This option implies -mdsp.
1069This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions.
1070@samp{-mno-dspr2} turns off this option.
1071
ef2e4d86
CF
1072@item -mmt
1073@itemx -mno-mt
1074Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension.
1075This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions.
1076@samp{-mno-mt} turns off this option.
1077
437ee9d5
TS
1078@item --construct-floats
1079@itemx --no-construct-floats
1080The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
1081double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
1082value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
1083the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
1084selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
252b5132
RH
1085
1086@cindex emulation
1087@item --emulation=@var{name}
a4fb0134 1088This option causes @command{@value{AS}} to emulate @command{@value{AS}} configured
252b5132
RH
1089for some other target, in all respects, including output format (choosing
1090between ELF and ECOFF only), handling of pseudo-opcodes which may generate
1091debugging information or store symbol table information, and default
1092endianness. The available configuration names are: @samp{mipsecoff},
1093@samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslecoff}, @samp{mipsbecoff}, @samp{mipslelf},
1094@samp{mipsbelf}. The first two do not alter the default endianness from that
1095of the primary target for which the assembler was configured; the others change
1096the default to little- or big-endian as indicated by the @samp{b} or @samp{l}
1097in the name. Using @samp{-EB} or @samp{-EL} will override the endianness
1098selection in any case.
1099
1100This option is currently supported only when the primary target
437ee9d5 1101@command{@value{AS}} is configured for is a @sc{mips} ELF or ECOFF target.
252b5132
RH
1102Furthermore, the primary target or others specified with
1103@samp{--enable-targets=@dots{}} at configuration time must include support for
1104the other format, if both are to be available. For example, the Irix 5
1105configuration includes support for both.
1106
1107Eventually, this option will support more configurations, with more
1108fine-grained control over the assembler's behavior, and will be supported for
1109more processors.
1110
1111@item -nocpp
a4fb0134 1112@command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
252b5132
RH
1113the native tools.
1114
252b5132
RH
1115@item --trap
1116@itemx --no-trap
1117@itemx --break
1118@itemx --no-break
1119Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
1120@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
1121(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
1122@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
1123break exception.
63486801
L
1124
1125@item -n
a4fb0134 1126When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
63486801 1127time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
252b5132
RH
1128@end table
1129@end ifset
1130
1131@ifset MCORE
1132The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1133an MCore processor.
1134
a4fb0134 1135@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1136@item -jsri2bsr
1137@itemx -nojsri2bsr
1138Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
1139The command line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
1140
1141@item -sifilter
1142@itemx -nosifilter
1143Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
a349d9dd 1144The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command line option.
252b5132
RH
1145
1146@item -relax
1147Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
1148
ec694b89
NC
1149@item -mcpu=[210|340]
1150Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
1151can be assembled.
1152
1153@item -EB
1154Assemble for a big endian target.
1155
1156@item -EL
1157Assemble for a little endian target.
252b5132
RH
1158
1159@end table
1160@end ifset
1161
3c3bdf30
NC
1162@ifset MMIX
1163See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
1164@end ifset
1165
e0001a05
NC
1166@ifset XTENSA
1167The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1168an Xtensa processor.
1169
1170@table @gcctabopt
e0001a05
NC
1171@item --text-section-literals | --no-text-section-literals
1172With @option{--text-@-section-@-literals}, literal pools are interspersed
1173in the text section. The default is
1174@option{--no-@-text-@-section-@-literals}, which places literals in a
43cd72b9
BW
1175separate section in the output file. These options only affect literals
1176referenced via PC-relative @code{L32R} instructions; literals for
1177absolute mode @code{L32R} instructions are handled separately.
1178
1179@item --absolute-literals | --no-absolute-literals
1180Indicate to the assembler whether @code{L32R} instructions use absolute
1181or PC-relative addressing. The default is to assume absolute addressing
1182if the Xtensa processor includes the absolute @code{L32R} addressing
1183option. Otherwise, only the PC-relative @code{L32R} mode can be used.
e0001a05
NC
1184
1185@item --target-align | --no-target-align
1186Enable or disable automatic alignment to reduce branch penalties at the
1187expense of some code density. The default is @option{--target-@-align}.
1188
1189@item --longcalls | --no-longcalls
1190Enable or disable transformation of call instructions to allow calls
1191across a greater range of addresses. The default is
1192@option{--no-@-longcalls}.
43cd72b9
BW
1193
1194@item --transform | --no-transform
1195Enable or disable all assembler transformations of Xtensa instructions.
1196The default is @option{--transform};
1197@option{--no-transform} should be used only in the rare cases when the
1198instructions must be exactly as specified in the assembly source.
00e3c476
BW
1199
1200@item --rename-section @var{oldname}=@var{newname}
1201When generating output sections, rename the @var{oldname} section to
1202@var{newname}.
e0001a05
NC
1203@end table
1204@end ifset
1205
3c9b82ba
NC
1206@ifset Z80
1207The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1208a Z80 family processor.
1209@table @gcctabopt
1210@item -z80
1211Assemble for Z80 processor.
1212@item -r800
1213Assemble for R800 processor.
1214@item -ignore-undocumented-instructions
1215@itemx -Wnud
1216Assemble undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800 without warning.
1217@item -ignore-unportable-instructions
1218@itemx -Wnup
1219Assemble all undocumented Z80 instructions without warning.
1220@item -warn-undocumented-instructions
1221@itemx -Wud
1222Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800.
1223@item -warn-unportable-instructions
1224@itemx -Wup
b45619c0 1225Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800.
3c9b82ba
NC
1226@item -forbid-undocumented-instructions
1227@itemx -Fud
1228Treat all undocumented instructions as errors.
1229@item -forbid-unportable-instructions
1230@itemx -Fup
b45619c0 1231Treat undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800 as errors.
3c9b82ba
NC
1232@end table
1233@end ifset
1234
0285c67d
NC
1235@c man end
1236
252b5132
RH
1237@menu
1238* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
1239* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
1240* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
1241* Command Line:: Command Line
1242* Input Files:: Input Files
1243* Object:: Output (Object) File
1244* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
1245@end menu
1246
1247@node Manual
1248@section Structure of this Manual
1249
1250@cindex manual, structure and purpose
1251This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
a4fb0134 1252@sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
252b5132 1253notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
a4fb0134 1254@command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1255
1256@ifclear GENERIC
1257We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
a4fb0134 1258configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
252b5132
RH
1259@end ifclear
1260@ifset GENERIC
1261This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
1262various flavors of the assembler.
1263@end ifset
1264
1265@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
1266On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
1267to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
1268In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
1269architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
1270mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
1271particular architecture.
1272@ifset GENERIC
1273You may want to consult the manufacturer's
1274machine architecture manual for this information.
1275@end ifset
1276@ifclear GENERIC
1277@ifset H8/300
1278For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
c2dcd04e
NC
1279Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
1280Programming Manual} (Renesas).
252b5132 1281@end ifset
252b5132 1282@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
1283For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
1284see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
1285@cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
1286@cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
252b5132
RH
1287@end ifset
1288@ifset Z8000
1289For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
1290@end ifset
1291@end ifclear
1292
1293@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
1294@ignore
1295Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
1296the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
1297Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
1298computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
1299once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
1300qualification.
1301
a4fb0134 1302@command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
252b5132
RH
1303human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
1304computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
a4fb0134 1305@command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
252b5132
RH
1306@end ignore
1307
1308@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
1309@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
1310@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
1311@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
1312@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
1313@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
1314@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
1315@c directives).
1316
1317@node GNU Assembler
1318@section The GNU Assembler
1319
0285c67d
NC
1320@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1321
a4fb0134 1322@sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
252b5132 1323@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 1324This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
252b5132
RH
1325configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
1326@end ifclear
1327If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
1328should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
1329architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
1330including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
1331@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
1332
1333@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
a4fb0134 1334@command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
252b5132 1335@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
a4fb0134 1336@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1337assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
1338machine would assemble.
1339@ifset VAX
1340Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
1341@end ifset
1342@ifset M680X0
1343@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
1344@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
a4fb0134 1345This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
252b5132
RH
1346assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
1347incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
1348@end ifset
1349
0285c67d
NC
1350@c man end
1351
a4fb0134 1352Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
252b5132
RH
1353program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
1354@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
1355
1356@node Object Formats
1357@section Object File Formats
1358
1359@cindex object file format
1360The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
1361object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
1362write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
1363are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
1364Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
1365@ifclear GENERIC
1366@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
c1253627 1367For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
252b5132
RH
1368@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
1369@end ifclear
1370@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
252b5132 1371@ifset I960
a4fb0134 1372On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1373@code{b.out} or COFF format object files.
1374@end ifset
1375@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134 1376On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1377SOM or ELF format object files.
1378@end ifset
1379@end ifclear
1380
1381@node Command Line
1382@section Command Line
1383
1384@cindex command line conventions
0285c67d 1385
a4fb0134 1386After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
252b5132
RH
1387options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
1388before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
1389significant.
1390
1391@cindex standard input, as input file
1392@kindex --
1393@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
a4fb0134 1394explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
252b5132
RH
1395
1396@cindex options, command line
1397Except for @samp{--} any command line argument that begins with a
1398hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
a4fb0134 1399@command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
252b5132
RH
1400option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
1401the letter is important. All options are optional.
1402
1403Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
1404name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
1405with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
1406standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
1407
1408@smallexample
1409@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
1410@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
1411@end smallexample
1412
1413@node Input Files
1414@section Input Files
1415
1416@cindex input
1417@cindex source program
1418@cindex files, input
1419We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
a4fb0134 1420describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
252b5132
RH
1421be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
1422doesn't change the meaning of the source.
1423
1424@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
1425@c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
1426The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
1427order specified.
1428
0285c67d 1429@c man begin DESCRIPTION
a4fb0134 1430Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
252b5132
RH
1431program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
1432(The standard input is also a file.)
1433
a4fb0134 1434You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
252b5132
RH
1435names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
1436command line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
1437is taken to be an input file name.
1438
a4fb0134
SC
1439If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
1440from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
1441may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
252b5132
RH
1442to assemble.
1443
1444Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
1445in your command line.
1446
a4fb0134 1447If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
252b5132
RH
1448file.
1449
0285c67d
NC
1450@c man end
1451
252b5132
RH
1452@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
1453
1454@cindex input file linenumbers
1455@cindex line numbers, in input files
1456There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
1457either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
1458number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
1459``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
1460
1461@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
a4fb0134 1462to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1463
1464@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
1465directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
a4fb0134
SC
1466error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
1467is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
252b5132
RH
1468@samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
1469@ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
1470
1471@node Object
1472@section Output (Object) File
1473
1474@cindex object file
1475@cindex output file
1476@kindex a.out
1477@kindex .o
a4fb0134 1478Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
252b5132
RH
1479your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
1480is the object file. Its default name is
1481@ifclear BOUT
1482@code{a.out}.
1483@end ifclear
1484@ifset BOUT
1485@ifset GENERIC
1486@code{a.out}, or
1487@end ifset
a4fb0134 1488@code{b.out} when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for the Intel 80960.
252b5132 1489@end ifset
a4fb0134 1490You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
252b5132
RH
1491object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
1492reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
1493directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
1494possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
1495
1496@cindex linker
1497@kindex ld
1498The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
1499assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
1500the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
1501information for the debugger.
1502
1503@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
1504@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
1505
1506@node Errors
1507@section Error and Warning Messages
1508
0285c67d
NC
1509@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1510
a349d9dd 1511@cindex error messages
252b5132
RH
1512@cindex warning messages
1513@cindex messages from assembler
a4fb0134 1514@command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
252b5132 1515file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
a4fb0134
SC
1516runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
1517that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
252b5132
RH
1518grave problem that stops the assembly.
1519
0285c67d
NC
1520@c man end
1521
252b5132
RH
1522@cindex format of warning messages
1523Warning messages have the format
1524
1525@smallexample
1526file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
1527@end smallexample
1528
1529@noindent
1530@cindex line numbers, in warnings/errors
1531(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If a logical file name has been given
1532(@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) it is used for the filename, otherwise the name of
1533the current input file is used. If a logical line number was given
1534@ifset GENERIC
1535(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
1536@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1537then it is used to calculate the number printed,
1538otherwise the actual line in the current source file is printed. The
1539message text is intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix
1540tradition).
1541
1542@cindex format of error messages
1543Error messages have the format
1544@smallexample
1545file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
1546@end smallexample
1547The file name and line number are derived as for warning
1548messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
1549because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
1550
1551@node Invoking
1552@chapter Command-Line Options
1553
1554@cindex options, all versions of assembler
1555This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
96e9638b
BW
1556versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; see @ref{Machine Dependencies},
1557for options specific
252b5132 1558@ifclear GENERIC
c1253627 1559to the @value{TARGET} target.
252b5132
RH
1560@end ifclear
1561@ifset GENERIC
1562to particular machine architectures.
1563@end ifset
1564
0285c67d
NC
1565@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1566
c1253627 1567If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
252b5132
RH
1568you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
1569The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
1570by commas. For example:
1571
1572@smallexample
1573gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
1574@end smallexample
1575
1576@noindent
1577This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
5f5e16be 1578standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
252b5132
RH
1579local symbols in the symbol table).
1580
1581Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
1582command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
1583(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
1584precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
1585assembler.)
1586
0285c67d
NC
1587@c man end
1588
252b5132 1589@menu
83f10cb2 1590* a:: -a[cdghlns] enable listings
caa32fe5 1591* alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax
252b5132
RH
1592* D:: -D for compatibility
1593* f:: -f to work faster
1594* I:: -I for .include search path
1595@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1596* K:: -K for compatibility
1597@end ifclear
1598@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1599* K:: -K for difference tables
1600@end ifset
1601
ba83aca1 1602* L:: -L to retain local symbols
c3a27914 1603* listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
252b5132
RH
1604* M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
1605* MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
1606* o:: -o to name the object file
1607* R:: -R to join data and text sections
1608* statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
1609* traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
1610* v:: -v to announce version
2bdd6cf5 1611* W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
252b5132
RH
1612* Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
1613@end menu
1614
1615@node a
83f10cb2 1616@section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdghlns]}
252b5132
RH
1617
1618@kindex -a
1619@kindex -ac
1620@kindex -ad
83f10cb2 1621@kindex -ag
252b5132
RH
1622@kindex -ah
1623@kindex -al
1624@kindex -an
1625@kindex -as
1626@cindex listings, enabling
1627@cindex assembly listings, enabling
1628
1629These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
1630@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
1631You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
1632@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
1633@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
1634@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
1635High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
1636@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
1637also.
1638
83f10cb2
NC
1639Use the @samp{-ag} option to print a first section with general assembly
1640information, like @value{AS} version, switches passed, or time stamp.
1641
252b5132
RH
1642Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
1643which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
1644other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
1645omitted from the listing.
1646
1647Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
1648listing.
1649
1650Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
1651listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
1652@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
1653@code{.sbttl}.
1654The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
1655If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
1656listing-control directives have no effect.
1657
1658The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
1659@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
1660
96e9638b
BW
1661Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (e.g.,
1662because it
c3a27914
NC
1663is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command line switch
1664is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
1665directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
1666stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
1667memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
1668
caa32fe5
NC
1669@node alternate
1670@section @option{--alternate}
1671
1672@kindex --alternate
1673Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
1674
252b5132 1675@node D
a4fb0134 1676@section @option{-D}
252b5132
RH
1677
1678@kindex -D
1679This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
1680likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
a4fb0134 1681@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1682
1683@node f
a4fb0134 1684@section Work Faster: @option{-f}
252b5132
RH
1685
1686@kindex -f
1687@cindex trusted compiler
a4fb0134 1688@cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
252b5132
RH
1689@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
1690(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
1691and comment preprocessing on
1692the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
1693,Preprocessing}.
1694
1695@quotation
1696@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
a4fb0134 1697preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
252b5132
RH
1698not work correctly.
1699@end quotation
1700
1701@node I
c1253627 1702@section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
252b5132
RH
1703
1704@kindex -I @var{path}
1705@cindex paths for @code{.include}
1706@cindex search path for @code{.include}
1707@cindex @code{include} directive search path
1708Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
a4fb0134
SC
1709@command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
1710directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
252b5132 1711many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
a4fb0134 1712working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1713searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
1714specified (left to right) on the command line.
1715
1716@node K
a4fb0134 1717@section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
252b5132
RH
1718
1719@kindex -K
1720@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1721On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
1722permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
1723where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
1724generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
1725family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
1726alteration on other platforms.
1727@end ifclear
1728
1729@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1730@cindex difference tables, warning
1731@cindex warning for altered difference tables
96e9638b
BW
1732@command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the
1733form @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
252b5132
RH
1734You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
1735is done.
1736@end ifset
1737
1738@node L
ba83aca1 1739@section Include Local Symbols: @option{-L}
252b5132
RH
1740
1741@kindex -L
ba83aca1
BW
1742@cindex local symbols, retaining in output
1743Symbols beginning with system-specific local label prefixes, typically
1744@samp{.L} for ELF systems or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, are
1745called @dfn{local symbols}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see
1746such symbols when debugging, because they are intended for the use of
1747programs (like compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your
1748notice. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard
1749such symbols, so you do not normally debug with them.
1750
1751This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those local symbols
252b5132 1752in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
ba83aca1 1753@code{@value{LD}} to preserve those symbols.
252b5132 1754
c3a27914 1755@node listing
a4fb0134 1756@section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
c3a27914
NC
1757
1758The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command line switch
1759@samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
1760hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
96e9638b
BW
1761them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by
1762directives inside the assembler source (i.e., @code{.list} (@pxref{List}),
1763@code{.title} (@pxref{Title}), @code{.sbttl} (@pxref{Sbttl}),
1764@code{.psize} (@pxref{Psize}), and
1765@code{.eject} (@pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
c3a27914 1766
a4fb0134 1767@table @gcctabopt
c3a27914
NC
1768@item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
1769@kindex --listing-lhs-width
1770@cindex Width of first line disassembly output
1771Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
1772dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
1773
1774@item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
1775@kindex --listing-lhs-width2
1776@cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
1777Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
8dfa0188 1778a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
c3a27914
NC
1779the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
1780switch is used the default is to one.
1781
1782@item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
1783@kindex --listing-rhs-width
1784@cindex Width of source line output
1785Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
1786alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
1787source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
1788
1789@item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
1790@kindex --listing-cont-lines
1791@cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
1792Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
1793displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
1794@end table
1795
252b5132 1796@node M
a4fb0134 1797@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
252b5132
RH
1798
1799@kindex -M
1800@cindex MRI compatibility mode
a4fb0134
SC
1801The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
1802changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
252b5132
RH
1803compatible with the @code{ASM68K} or the @code{ASM960} (depending upon the
1804configured target) assembler from Microtec Research. The exact nature of the
1805MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
1806information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
1807arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
a4fb0134 1808assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1809
1810The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
1811depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
1812file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
1813individually. These are:
1814
1815@itemize @bullet
1816@item global symbols in common section
1817
1818The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
a4fb0134 1819Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
252b5132
RH
1820common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
1821symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
1822symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
1823
1824@item complex relocations
1825
1826The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
1827relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
1828are not support by other object file formats.
1829
1830@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
1831
1832The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
1833This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
a4fb0134 1834instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
252b5132
RH
1835script.
1836
1837@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
1838
1839The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
1840name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
1841
1842@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
1843
1844The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
a4fb0134 1845address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
252b5132
RH
1846which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
1847not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
1848assigned within a linker script.
1849@end itemize
1850
1851There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
a4fb0134 1852@command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
252b5132
RH
1853seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
1854
1855@itemize @bullet
1856
1857@item EBCDIC strings
1858
1859EBCDIC strings are not supported.
1860
1861@item packed binary coded decimal
1862
1863Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
1864and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
1865
1866@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
1867
1868The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
1869
1870@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
1871
1872The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
1873
1874@item @code{OPT} branch control options
1875
1876The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
a4fb0134 1877@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
252b5132
RH
1878relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
1879these options serve no purpose.
1880
1881@item @code{OPT} list control options
1882
1883The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
1884@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
1885@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
1886
1887@item other @code{OPT} options
1888
1889The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
1890@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
1891
1892@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
1893
1894The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
1895@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
1896
1897@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
1898
1899The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
1900
1901@item @code{.debug} pseudo-op
1902
1903The i960 @code{.debug} pseudo-op is not supported.
1904
1905@item @code{.extended} pseudo-op
1906
1907The i960 @code{.extended} pseudo-op is not supported.
1908
1909@item @code{.list} pseudo-op.
1910
1911The various options of the i960 @code{.list} pseudo-op are not supported.
1912
1913@item @code{.optimize} pseudo-op
1914
1915The i960 @code{.optimize} pseudo-op is not supported.
1916
1917@item @code{.output} pseudo-op
1918
1919The i960 @code{.output} pseudo-op is not supported.
1920
1921@item @code{.setreal} pseudo-op
1922
1923The i960 @code{.setreal} pseudo-op is not supported.
1924
1925@end itemize
1926
1927@node MD
c1253627 1928@section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
252b5132
RH
1929
1930@kindex --MD
1931@cindex dependency tracking
1932@cindex make rules
1933
a4fb0134 1934@command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
252b5132
RH
1935file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
1936dependencies of the main source file.
1937
1938The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
1939
1940This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
1941
1942@node o
a4fb0134 1943@section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
252b5132
RH
1944
1945@kindex -o
1946@cindex naming object file
1947@cindex object file name
a4fb0134 1948There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
252b5132
RH
1949default it has the name
1950@ifset GENERIC
1951@ifset I960
1952@file{a.out} (or @file{b.out}, for Intel 960 targets only).
1953@end ifset
1954@ifclear I960
1955@file{a.out}.
1956@end ifclear
1957@end ifset
1958@ifclear GENERIC
1959@ifset I960
1960@file{b.out}.
1961@end ifset
1962@ifclear I960
1963@file{a.out}.
1964@end ifclear
1965@end ifclear
1966You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
1967object file a different name.
1968
a4fb0134 1969Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
252b5132
RH
1970existing file of the same name.
1971
1972@node R
a4fb0134 1973@section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
252b5132
RH
1974
1975@kindex -R
1976@cindex data and text sections, joining
1977@cindex text and data sections, joining
1978@cindex joining text and data sections
1979@cindex merging text and data sections
a4fb0134 1980@option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
252b5132
RH
1981data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
1982the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
1983section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
1984your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
1985appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
1986
a4fb0134 1987When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
252b5132
RH
1988address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
1989data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
a4fb0134 1990older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
252b5132 1991
c1253627
NC
1992@ifset COFF-ELF
1993When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
252b5132
RH
1994this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
1995@samp{.data}.
1996@end ifset
1997
1998@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134
SC
1999@option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
2000@option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2001@end ifset
2002
2003@node statistics
a4fb0134 2004@section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
252b5132
RH
2005
2006@kindex --statistics
2007@cindex statistics, about assembly
2008@cindex time, total for assembly
2009@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
2010Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
a4fb0134 2011@command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
252b5132
RH
2012(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
2013seconds).
2014
2015@node traditional-format
c1253627 2016@section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
252b5132
RH
2017
2018@kindex --traditional-format
a4fb0134 2019For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
252b5132 2020from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
a4fb0134 2021@command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
252b5132
RH
2022
2023For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
a4fb0134 2024@command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
252b5132
RH
2025
2026@node v
a4fb0134 2027@section Announce Version: @option{-v}
252b5132
RH
2028
2029@kindex -v
2030@kindex -version
2031@cindex assembler version
2032@cindex version of assembler
2033You can find out what version of as is running by including the
2034option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
2035command line.
2036
2037@node W
a4fb0134 2038@section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
252b5132 2039
a4fb0134 2040@command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
252b5132 2041assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
a4fb0134 2042cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
252b5132 2043made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
2bdd6cf5 2044
c1253627
NC
2045@kindex -W
2046@kindex --no-warn
2bdd6cf5
GK
2047@cindex suppressing warnings
2048@cindex warnings, suppressing
a4fb0134 2049If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
2bdd6cf5 2050This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
a4fb0134 2051how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
2bdd6cf5
GK
2052are still reported.
2053
c1253627 2054@kindex --fatal-warnings
2bdd6cf5
GK
2055@cindex errors, caused by warnings
2056@cindex warnings, causing error
a4fb0134 2057If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
2bdd6cf5
GK
2058files that generate warnings to be in error.
2059
c1253627 2060@kindex --warn
2bdd6cf5 2061@cindex warnings, switching on
a4fb0134 2062You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
2bdd6cf5 2063causes warnings to be output as usual.
252b5132
RH
2064
2065@node Z
a4fb0134 2066@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
252b5132
RH
2067@cindex object file, after errors
2068@cindex errors, continuing after
a4fb0134 2069After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
252b5132 2070some reason you are interested in object file output even after
a4fb0134
SC
2071@command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
2072option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
252b5132
RH
2073writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
2074errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
2075
2076@node Syntax
2077@chapter Syntax
2078
2079@cindex machine-independent syntax
2080@cindex syntax, machine-independent
2081This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
a4fb0134 2082source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
252b5132
RH
2083assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
2084@ifclear VAX
2085assembler.
2086@end ifclear
2087@ifset VAX
a4fb0134 2088assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
252b5132
RH
2089@end ifset
2090
2091@menu
2092* Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
2093* Whitespace:: Whitespace
2094* Comments:: Comments
2095* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
2096* Statements:: Statements
2097* Constants:: Constants
2098@end menu
2099
2100@node Preprocessing
2101@section Preprocessing
2102
2103@cindex preprocessing
a4fb0134 2104The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
252b5132
RH
2105@itemize @bullet
2106@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
2107@item
2108adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
2109the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
2110a single space.
2111
2112@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
2113@item
2114removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
2115appropriate number of newlines.
2116
2117@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
2118@item
2119converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
2120@end itemize
2121
2122It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
2123anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
2124do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
2125(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
c1253627 2126to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
96e9638b 2127@samp{.S} suffix. @xref{Overall Options, ,Options Controlling the Kind of
252b5132
RH
2128Output, gcc.info, Using GNU CC}.
2129
2130Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
2131cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
2132preprocessed.
2133
2134@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
2135@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
2136@kindex #NO_APP
2137@kindex #APP
2138If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
2139@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
2140Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
2141specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
2142text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
2143@code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
2144@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
2145and whitespace.
2146
2147@node Whitespace
2148@section Whitespace
2149
2150@cindex whitespace
2151@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
2152Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
2153people to read. Unless within character constants
2154(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
2155as exactly one space.
2156
2157@node Comments
2158@section Comments
2159
2160@cindex comments
a4fb0134 2161There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
252b5132
RH
2162cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
2163
2164Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
2165This means you may not nest these comments.
2166
2167@smallexample
2168/*
2169 The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
2170 is to use this sort of comment.
2171*/
2172
2173/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
2174@end smallexample
2175
2176@cindex line comment character
2177Anything from the @dfn{line comment} character to the next newline
2178is considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is
252b5132
RH
2179@ifset ARC
2180@samp{;} on the ARC;
2181@end ifset
550262c4
NC
2182@ifset ARM
2183@samp{@@} on the ARM;
2184@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2185@ifset H8/300
2186@samp{;} for the H8/300 family;
2187@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2188@ifset HPPA
2189@samp{;} for the HPPA;
2190@end ifset
55b62671
AJ
2191@ifset I80386
2192@samp{#} on the i386 and x86-64;
2193@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2194@ifset I960
2195@samp{#} on the i960;
2196@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
2197@ifset PDP11
2198@samp{;} for the PDP-11;
2199@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
2200@ifset PJ
2201@samp{;} for picoJava;
2202@end ifset
418c1742 2203@ifset PPC
3fb9d77f 2204@samp{#} for Motorola PowerPC;
418c1742 2205@end ifset
252b5132 2206@ifset SH
ef230218 2207@samp{!} for the Renesas / SuperH SH;
252b5132
RH
2208@end ifset
2209@ifset SPARC
2210@samp{!} on the SPARC;
2211@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
2212@ifset IP2K
2213@samp{#} on the ip2k;
2214@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
2215@ifset M32C
2216@samp{#} on the m32c;
2217@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2218@ifset M32R
2219@samp{#} on the m32r;
2220@end ifset
2221@ifset M680X0
2222@samp{|} on the 680x0;
2223@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
2224@ifset M68HC11
2225@samp{#} on the 68HC11 and 68HC12;
2226@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2227@ifset VAX
2228@samp{#} on the Vax;
2229@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
2230@ifset Z80
2231@samp{;} for the Z80;
2232@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2233@ifset Z8000
2234@samp{!} for the Z8000;
2235@end ifset
2236@ifset V850
2237@samp{#} on the V850;
2238@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
2239@ifset XTENSA
2240@samp{#} for Xtensa systems;
2241@end ifset
252b5132 2242see @ref{Machine Dependencies}. @refill
81b0b3f1 2243@c FIXME What about i860?
252b5132
RH
2244
2245@ifset GENERIC
2246On some machines there are two different line comment characters. One
2247character only begins a comment if it is the first non-whitespace character on
2248a line, while the other always begins a comment.
2249@end ifset
2250
2251@ifset V850
2252The V850 assembler also supports a double dash as starting a comment that
2253extends to the end of the line.
2254
2255@samp{--};
2256@end ifset
2257
2258@kindex #
2259@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
2260@cindex logical line numbers
2261To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
2262special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
2263expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
96e9638b 2264line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings, ,Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
252b5132
RH
2265new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
2266
2267If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
2268the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
2269
2270@smallexample
2271 # This is an ordinary comment.
2272# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
2273 # This is logical line # 36.
2274@end smallexample
2275This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
a4fb0134 2276of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2277
2278@node Symbol Intro
2279@section Symbols
2280
2281@cindex characters used in symbols
2282@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
2283A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2284letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2285@samp{_.$}.
2286@end ifclear
2287@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
2288@ifclear GENERIC
2289@ifset H8
2290A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2291letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2292@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
2293symbol names.)
2294@end ifset
2295@end ifclear
2296@end ifset
2297@ifset GENERIC
2298On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
2299are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
2300@end ifset
2301No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
2302There is no length limit: all characters are significant. Symbols are
2303delimited by characters not in that set, or by the beginning of a file
2304(since the source program must end with a newline, the end of a file is
2305not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
2306@cindex length of symbols
2307
2308@node Statements
2309@section Statements
2310
2311@cindex statements, structure of
2312@cindex line separator character
2313@cindex statement separator character
2314@ifclear GENERIC
2315@ifclear abnormal-separator
2316A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or at a
2317semicolon (@samp{;}). The newline or semicolon is considered part of
2318the preceding statement. Newlines and semicolons within character
2319constants are an exception: they do not end statements.
2320@end ifclear
2321@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
2322@ifset HPPA
2323A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or an exclamation
2324point (@samp{!}). The newline or exclamation point is considered part of the
2325preceding statement. Newlines and exclamation points within character
2326constants are an exception: they do not end statements.
2327@end ifset
2328@ifset H8
2329A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}); or (for the
7be1c489 2330H8/300) a dollar sign (@samp{$}); or (for the Renesas-SH) a semicolon
252b5132
RH
2331(@samp{;}). The newline or separator character is considered part of
2332the preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character
2333constants are an exception: they do not end statements.
2334@end ifset
2335@end ifset
2336@end ifclear
2337@ifset GENERIC
2338A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or line
96e9638b
BW
2339separator character. (The line separator is usually @samp{;}, unless this
2340conflicts with the comment character; see @ref{Machine Dependencies}.) The
252b5132
RH
2341newline or separator character is considered part of the preceding
2342statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
2343exception: they do not end statements.
2344@end ifset
2345
2346@cindex newline, required at file end
2347@cindex EOF, newline must precede
2348It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
2349character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
2350
2351An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
2352
2353@cindex instructions and directives
2354@cindex directives and instructions
2355@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
2356@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
2357@c 13feb91.
2358A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
2359key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
2360symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
2361symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
2362directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
2363a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
2364assembles into a machine language instruction.
2365@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2366Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
252b5132
RH
2367recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
2368represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
2369language.@refill
2370@end ifset
2371
2372@cindex @code{:} (label)
2373@cindex label (@code{:})
2374A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
2375Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
2376have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
2377
2378@ifset HPPA
2379For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
2380the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
2381only one label may be defined on each line.
2382@end ifset
2383
2384@smallexample
2385label: .directive followed by something
2386another_label: # This is an empty statement.
2387 instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
2388@end smallexample
2389
2390@node Constants
2391@section Constants
2392
2393@cindex constants
2394A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
2395inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
2396@smallexample
2397@group
2398.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
2399.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
2400.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
2401.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
240295028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
2403@end group
2404@end smallexample
2405
2406@menu
2407* Characters:: Character Constants
2408* Numbers:: Number Constants
2409@end menu
2410
2411@node Characters
2412@subsection Character Constants
2413
2414@cindex character constants
2415@cindex constants, character
2416There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
2417for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
2418numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
2419@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
2420used in arithmetic expressions.
2421
2422@menu
2423* Strings:: Strings
2424* Chars:: Characters
2425@end menu
2426
2427@node Strings
2428@subsubsection Strings
2429
2430@cindex string constants
2431@cindex constants, string
2432A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
2433double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
2434into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
2435a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
2436one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
a4fb0134
SC
2437@command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
2438(which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
252b5132
RH
2439escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
2440
2441@cindex escape codes, character
2442@cindex character escape codes
2443@table @kbd
2444@c @item \a
2445@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
2446@c
2447@cindex @code{\b} (backspace character)
2448@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
2449@item \b
2450Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
2451
2452@c @item \e
2453@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
2454@c
2455@cindex @code{\f} (formfeed character)
2456@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
2457@item \f
2458Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
2459
2460@cindex @code{\n} (newline character)
2461@cindex newline (@code{\n})
2462@item \n
2463Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
2464
2465@c @item \p
2466@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
2467@c
2468@cindex @code{\r} (carriage return character)
2469@cindex carriage return (@code{\r})
2470@item \r
2471Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
2472
2473@c @item \s
2474@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
2475@c other assemblers.
2476@c
2477@cindex @code{\t} (tab)
2478@cindex tab (@code{\t})
2479@item \t
2480Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
2481
2482@c @item \v
2483@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
2484@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2485@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
2486@c
2487@cindex @code{\@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
2488@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
2489@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2490An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
2491For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
2492for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
2493
2494@cindex @code{\@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
2495@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
2496@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
2497A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
2498lower case @code{x} works.
2499
2500@cindex @code{\\} (@samp{\} character)
2501@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
2502@item \\
2503Represents one @samp{\} character.
2504
2505@c @item \'
2506@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
2507@c This is needed in single character literals
2508@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
2509@c a @samp{'}.
2510@c
2511@cindex @code{\"} (doublequote character)
2512@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
2513@item \"
2514Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
2515this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
2516
2517@item \ @var{anything-else}
2518Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
2519assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
2520you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
a4fb0134
SC
2521interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
2522other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
252b5132
RH
2523code and warns you of the fact.
2524@end table
2525
2526Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
2527varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
2528the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
2529compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
2530sequence.
2531
2532@node Chars
2533@subsubsection Characters
2534
2535@cindex single character constant
2536@cindex character, single
2537@cindex constant, single character
2538A single character may be written as a single quote immediately
2539followed by that character. The same escapes apply to characters as
2540to strings. So if you want to write the character backslash, you
2541must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes the second
2542@code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a
2543grave accent. A newline
2544@ifclear GENERIC
2545@ifclear abnormal-separator
2546(or semicolon @samp{;})
2547@end ifclear
2548@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
2549@ifset H8
2550(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
7be1c489 2551Renesas SH)
252b5132
RH
2552@end ifset
2553@end ifset
2554@end ifclear
2555immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
2556and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
2557constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
a4fb0134 2558that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
252b5132
RH
2559@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
2560
2561@node Numbers
2562@subsection Number Constants
2563
2564@cindex constants, number
2565@cindex number constants
a4fb0134 2566@command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
252b5132
RH
2567are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
2568would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
2569integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
2570are floating point numbers, described below.
2571
2572@menu
2573* Integers:: Integers
2574* Bignums:: Bignums
2575* Flonums:: Flonums
2576@ifclear GENERIC
2577@ifset I960
2578* Bit Fields:: Bit Fields
2579@end ifset
2580@end ifclear
2581@end menu
2582
2583@node Integers
2584@subsubsection Integers
2585@cindex integers
2586@cindex constants, integer
2587
2588@cindex binary integers
2589@cindex integers, binary
2590A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
2591the binary digits @samp{01}.
2592
2593@cindex octal integers
2594@cindex integers, octal
2595An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
2596digits (@samp{01234567}).
2597
2598@cindex decimal integers
2599@cindex integers, decimal
2600A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
2601more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
2602
2603@cindex hexadecimal integers
2604@cindex integers, hexadecimal
2605A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
2606more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
2607
2608Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
2609the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
2610(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
2611
2612@node Bignums
2613@subsubsection Bignums
2614
2615@cindex bignums
2616@cindex constants, bignum
2617A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
2618except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
2619represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
2620integers are permitted while bignums are not.
2621
2622@node Flonums
2623@subsubsection Flonums
2624@cindex flonums
2625@cindex floating point numbers
2626@cindex constants, floating point
2627
2628@cindex precision, floating point
2629A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
2630indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
a4fb0134 2631@command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
252b5132
RH
2632sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
2633to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
a4fb0134 2634portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
252b5132
RH
2635
2636A flonum is written by writing (in order)
2637@itemize @bullet
2638@item
2639The digit @samp{0}.
2640@ifset HPPA
2641(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
2642@end ifset
2643
2644@item
a4fb0134 2645A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
252b5132
RH
2646@ifset GENERIC
2647@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
2648@ignore
2649@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
2650(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
26514.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
2652@end ignore
2653
7be1c489 2654On the H8/300, Renesas / SuperH SH,
252b5132
RH
2655and AMD 29K architectures, the letter must be
2656one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
2657
2658On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
2659(in upper or lower case).
2660
2661On the Intel 960 architecture, the letter must be
2662one of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
2663
2664On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
2665@end ifset
2666@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
2667@ifset ARC
2668One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
2669@end ifset
2670@ifset H8
2671One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
2672@end ifset
2673@ifset HPPA
2674The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
2675@end ifset
2676@ifset I960
2677One of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
2678@end ifset
2679@end ifclear
2680
2681@item
2682An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
2683
2684@item
2685An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
2686
2687@item
2688An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
2689or more decimal digits.
2690
2691@item
2692An optional exponent, consisting of:
2693
2694@itemize @bullet
2695@item
2696An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
2697@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
2698@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
2699@item
2700Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
2701@item
2702One or more decimal digits.
2703@end itemize
2704
2705@end itemize
2706
2707At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
2708present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
2709
a4fb0134 2710@command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
252b5132 2711independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
a4fb0134 2712@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2713
2714@ifclear GENERIC
2715@ifset I960
2716@c Bit fields are written as a general facility but are also controlled
2717@c by a conditional-compilation flag---which is as of now (21mar91)
2718@c turned on only by the i960 config of GAS.
2719@node Bit Fields
2720@subsubsection Bit Fields
2721
2722@cindex bit fields
2723@cindex constants, bit field
2724You can also define numeric constants as @dfn{bit fields}.
b45619c0 2725Specify two numbers separated by a colon---
252b5132
RH
2726@example
2727@var{mask}:@var{value}
2728@end example
2729@noindent
a4fb0134 2730@command{@value{AS}} applies a bitwise @sc{and} between @var{mask} and
252b5132
RH
2731@var{value}.
2732
2733The resulting number is then packed
2734@ifset GENERIC
2735@c this conditional paren in case bit fields turned on elsewhere than 960
2736(in host-dependent byte order)
2737@end ifset
2738into a field whose width depends on which assembler directive has the
2739bit-field as its argument. Overflow (a result from the bitwise and
2740requiring more binary digits to represent) is not an error; instead,
2741more constants are generated, of the specified width, beginning with the
2742least significant digits.@refill
2743
2744The directives @code{.byte}, @code{.hword}, @code{.int}, @code{.long},
2745@code{.short}, and @code{.word} accept bit-field arguments.
2746@end ifset
2747@end ifclear
2748
2749@node Sections
2750@chapter Sections and Relocation
2751@cindex sections
2752@cindex relocation
2753
2754@menu
2755* Secs Background:: Background
2756* Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
2757* As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
2758* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
2759* bss:: bss Section
2760@end menu
2761
2762@node Secs Background
2763@section Background
2764
2765Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
2766``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
2767For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
2768
2769@cindex linker, and assembler
2770@cindex assembler, and linker
2771The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
a4fb0134 2772combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2773emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
2774@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
2775different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
a4fb0134 2776oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
252b5132
RH
2777sections.
2778
2779@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
2780addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
2781units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
2782within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
2783run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
2784the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
2785the proper run-time addresses.
2786@ifset H8
7be1c489 2787For the H8/300, and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
a4fb0134 2788@command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
252b5132
RH
2789ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
2790@end ifset
2791
2792@cindex standard assembler sections
a4fb0134 2793An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
252b5132
RH
2794of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
2795@dfn{bss} sections.
2796
c1253627 2797@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 2798@ifset GENERIC
c1253627 2799When it generates COFF or ELF output,
252b5132 2800@end ifset
a4fb0134 2801@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
252b5132
RH
2802using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
2803If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
2804or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
2805@end ifset
2806
2807@ifset HPPA
2808@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2809When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
252b5132 2810@end ifset
a4fb0134 2811@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
252b5132
RH
2812specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
2813@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
2814(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
2815assembler directives.
2816
2817@ifset SOM
a4fb0134 2818Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
252b5132
RH
2819text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
2820is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
2821BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
2822@end ifset
2823@end ifset
2824
2825Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
2826data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
2827
2828@ifset HPPA
2829When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
2830section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
2831@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
2832@end ifset
2833
2834To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
a4fb0134 2835relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
252b5132
RH
2836object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
2837@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
2838file is mentioned:
2839@itemize @bullet
2840@item
2841Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
2842an address?
2843@item
2844How long (in bytes) is this reference?
2845@item
2846Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
2847@display
2848(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
2849@end display
2850@item
2851Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
2852@end itemize
2853
2854@cindex addresses, format of
2855@cindex section-relative addressing
a4fb0134 2856In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
252b5132
RH
2857@display
2858(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
2859@end display
2860@noindent
a4fb0134 2861Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
252b5132
RH
2862nature.
2863@ifset SOM
2864(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
2865symbol-relative instead.)
2866@end ifset
2867
2868In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
2869@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
2870
2871Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
2872@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
2873addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
2874@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
2875@code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
2876data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
2877their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
2878part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
2879address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
2880
2881The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
2882address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
2883rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
2884Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
2885address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
2886common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
2887time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
2888
2889By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
2890the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
2891sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
2892customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
2893the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
2894data and bss sections.
2895
2896Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
a4fb0134 2897use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
252b5132
RH
2898
2899@node Ld Sections
2900@section Linker Sections
2901@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
2902
2903@table @strong
2904
c1253627 2905@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
2906@cindex named sections
2907@cindex sections, named
2908@item named sections
2909@end ifset
2910@ifset aout-bout
2911@cindex text section
2912@cindex data section
2913@itemx text section
2914@itemx data section
2915@end ifset
a4fb0134 2916These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
252b5132 2917separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
c1253627
NC
2918true of another.
2919@c @ifset aout-bout
252b5132
RH
2920When the program is running, however, it is
2921customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
2922text section is often shared among processes: it contains
2923instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
2924program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
2925in the data section.
c1253627 2926@c @end ifset
252b5132
RH
2927
2928@cindex bss section
2929@item bss section
2930This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
a349d9dd 2931is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
252b5132
RH
2932each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
2933out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
2934bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
2935those explicit zeros from object files.
2936
2937@cindex absolute section
2938@item absolute section
2939Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
2940This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
2941not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
2942addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
2943
2944@cindex undefined section
2945@item undefined section
2946This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
2947the preceding sections.
2948@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
2949@end table
2950
2951@cindex relocation example
2952An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
c1253627 2953@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
2954The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
2955@end ifset
2956Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
2957
2958@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 2959@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
2960@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
2961@smallexample
2962 +-----+----+--+
2963partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
2964 +-----+----+--+
2965
2966 text data bss
2967 seg. seg. seg.
2968
2969 +---+---+---+
2970partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
2971 +---+---+---+
2972
2973 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
2974linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
2975 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
2976
2977 addresses: 0 @dots{}
2978@end smallexample
2979@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 2980@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
2981@need 5000
2982@tex
c1253627 2983\bigskip
252b5132
RH
2984\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
2985\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
2986\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
2987
2988\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
2989\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
2990\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
2991
2992\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
2993\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
2994\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
2995ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
2996DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
2997
2998\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
2999\line{0\dots\hfil}
3000
3001@end tex
3002@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3003
3004@node As Sections
3005@section Assembler Internal Sections
3006
3007@cindex internal assembler sections
3008@cindex sections in messages, internal
a4fb0134 3009These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
252b5132 3010have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
a4fb0134 3011sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132 3012warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
a4fb0134 3013meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
252b5132
RH
3014value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
3015section-relative address.
3016
3017@table @b
3018@cindex assembler internal logic error
3019@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
3020An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
3021bug in the assembler.
3022
3023@cindex expr (internal section)
3024@item expr section
3025The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
3026symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
3027it in the expr section.
3028@c FIXME item debug
3029@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
3030@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
3031@c FIXME item register
3032@end table
3033
3034@node Sub-Sections
3035@section Sub-Sections
3036
3037@cindex numbered subsections
3038@cindex grouping data
3039@ifset aout-bout
3040Assembled bytes
c1253627 3041@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3042conventionally
3043@end ifset
3044fall into two sections: text and data.
3045@end ifset
3046You may have separate groups of
3047@ifset GENERIC
3048data in named sections
3049@end ifset
3050@ifclear GENERIC
3051@ifclear aout-bout
3052data in named sections
3053@end ifclear
3054@ifset aout-bout
3055text or data
3056@end ifset
3057@end ifclear
3058that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
a4fb0134 3059are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
252b5132
RH
3060use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
3061numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
3062same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
3063subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
3064section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
3065assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
3066section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
3067constants being output.
3068
3069Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
3070goes in subsection number zero.
3071
3072@ifset GENERIC
3073Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
3074(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
a4fb0134 3075of @command{@value{AS}}.)
252b5132
RH
3076@end ifset
3077@ifclear GENERIC
3078@ifset H8
7be1c489 3079On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
252b5132 3080boundary (two bytes).
c2dcd04e 3081The same is true on the Renesas SH.
252b5132
RH
3082@end ifset
3083@ifset I960
3084@c FIXME section padding (alignment)?
3085@c Rich Pixley says padding here depends on target obj code format; that
3086@c doesn't seem particularly useful to say without further elaboration,
3087@c so for now I say nothing about it. If this is a generic BFD issue,
3088@c these paragraphs might need to vanish from this manual, and be
3089@c discussed in BFD chapter of binutils (or some such).
3090@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3091@end ifclear
3092
3093Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
3094to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
3095The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
3096other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
3097They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
3098data subsections as a data section.
3099
3100To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
3101into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
3102@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
ed9589d4 3103@ifset COFF
252b5132 3104@ifset GENERIC
ed9589d4 3105When generating COFF output, you
252b5132
RH
3106@end ifset
3107@ifclear GENERIC
3108You
3109@end ifclear
3110can also use an extra subsection
3111argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
3112@var{expression}}.
3113@end ifset
ed9589d4
BW
3114@ifset ELF
3115@ifset GENERIC
3116When generating ELF output, you
3117@end ifset
3118@ifclear GENERIC
3119You
3120@end ifclear
3121can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection})
3122to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}.
3123@end ifset
96e9638b
BW
3124@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression
3125(@pxref{Expressions}). If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
252b5132
RH
3126is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
3127begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
3128@smallexample
3129.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
3130.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
3131.text 1
3132.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
3133.data 0
3134.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
3135.ascii "in the first data subsection."
3136.text 0
3137.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
3138.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
3139@end smallexample
3140
3141Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
3142assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
a4fb0134 3143restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
252b5132
RH
3144counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
3145@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
3146current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
3147assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
3148
3149@node bss
3150@section bss Section
3151
3152@cindex bss section
3153@cindex common variable storage
3154The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
3155You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
3156not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
3157your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
3158section are zeroed bytes.
3159
3160The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
3161@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
3162
3163The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
96e9638b 3164another form of uninitialized symbol; see @ref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
252b5132
RH
3165
3166@ifset GENERIC
3167When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
3168COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
3169see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
3170section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
3171@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
3172@end ifset
3173
3174@node Symbols
3175@chapter Symbols
3176
3177@cindex symbols
3178Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
3179things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
3180to debug.
3181
3182@quotation
3183@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
a4fb0134 3184@emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
252b5132
RH
3185the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
3186@end quotation
3187
3188@menu
3189* Labels:: Labels
3190* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
3191* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
3192* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
3193* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
3194@end menu
3195
3196@node Labels
3197@section Labels
3198
3199@cindex labels
3200A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
3201@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
3202active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
3203operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
3204different locations: the first definition overrides any other
3205definitions.
3206
3207@ifset HPPA
3208On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
3209colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
a4fb0134 3210a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
252b5132
RH
3211provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
3212@end ifset
3213
3214@node Setting Symbols
3215@section Giving Symbols Other Values
3216
3217@cindex assigning values to symbols
3218@cindex symbol values, assigning
3219A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
3220by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
3221(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
9497f5ac
NC
3222directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. In the same way, using a double
3223equals sign @samp{=}@samp{=} here represents an equivalent of the
3224@code{.eqv} directive. @xref{Eqv,,@code{.eqv}}.
252b5132
RH
3225
3226@node Symbol Names
3227@section Symbol Names
3228
3229@cindex symbol names
3230@cindex names, symbol
3231@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
3232Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
3233machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
3234noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
96e9638b
BW
3235string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted for a
3236particular target machine), and underscores.
252b5132 3237@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3238@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
3239@ifset H8
3240Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
7be1c489 3241Renesas SH you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
c2dcd04e
NC
3242character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
3243on the H8/300), and underscores.
252b5132
RH
3244@end ifset
3245@end ifset
3246
3247Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
3248than @code{Foo}.
3249
3250Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
3251refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
3252in a program.
3253
3254@subheading Local Symbol Names
3255
3256@cindex local symbol names
3257@cindex symbol names, local
ba83aca1
BW
3258A local symbol is any symbol beginning with certain local label prefixes.
3259By default, the local label prefix is @samp{.L} for ELF systems or
3260@samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, but each target may have its own
3261set of local label prefixes.
3262@ifset HPPA
3263On the HPPA local symbols begin with @samp{L$}.
3264@end ifset
3265
3266Local symbols are defined and used within the assembler, but they are
3267normally not saved in object files. Thus, they are not visible when debugging.
3268You may use the @samp{-L} option (@pxref{L, ,Include Local Symbols:
3269@option{-L}}) to retain the local symbols in the object files.
3270
3271@subheading Local Labels
3272
3273@cindex local labels
252b5132
RH
3274@cindex temporary symbol names
3275@cindex symbol names, temporary
ba83aca1 3276Local labels help compilers and programmers use names temporarily.
2d5aaba0
NC
3277They create symbols which are guaranteed to be unique over the entire scope of
3278the input source code and which can be referred to by a simple notation.
ba83aca1 3279To define a local label, write a label of the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N}
2d5aaba0 3280represents any positive integer). To refer to the most recent previous
ba83aca1 3281definition of that label write @samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when
2d5aaba0 3282you defined the label. To refer to the next definition of a local label, write
96e9638b 3283@samp{@b{N}f}---the @samp{b} stands for ``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands
2d5aaba0
NC
3284for ``forwards''.
3285
3286There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
3287too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
3288the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
3289defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
3290definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
3291noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
3292implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
3293
3294Here is an example:
3295
3296@smallexample
32971: branch 1f
32982: branch 1b
32991: branch 2f
33002: branch 1b
3301@end smallexample
3302
3303Which is the equivalent of:
3304
3305@smallexample
3306label_1: branch label_3
3307label_2: branch label_1
3308label_3: branch label_4
3309label_4: branch label_3
3310@end smallexample
3311
ba83aca1 3312Local label names are only a notational device. They are immediately
2d5aaba0 3313transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
96e9638b
BW
3314The symbol names are stored in the symbol table, appear in error messages, and
3315are optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using
3316these parts:
252b5132
RH
3317
3318@table @code
ba83aca1
BW
3319@item @emph{local label prefix}
3320All local symbols begin with the system-specific local label prefix.
3321Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols
3322that start with the local label prefix. These labels are
252b5132 3323used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
a4fb0134 3324@samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
252b5132
RH
3325object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
3326you may use them in debugging.
3327
2d5aaba0
NC
3328@item @var{number}
3329This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
3330label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
252b5132 3331
2d5aaba0
NC
3332@item @kbd{C-B}
3333This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
3334of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
252b5132
RH
3335
3336@item @emph{ordinal number}
2d5aaba0
NC
3337This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
3338@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
3339number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
b45619c0 3340the number @samp{1} and its 15th definition gets @samp{15} as well.
252b5132
RH
3341@end table
3342
ba83aca1
BW
3343So for example, the first @code{1:} may be named @code{.L1@kbd{C-B}1}, and
3344the 44th @code{3:} may be named @code{.L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3345
3346@subheading Dollar Local Labels
3347@cindex dollar local symbols
3348
3349@code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of local labels called
96e9638b
BW
3350dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (i.e., they become undefined) as
3351soon as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain valid for only a small
2d5aaba0
NC
3352region of the input source code. Normal local labels, by contrast, remain in
3353scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined by another occurrence of
3354the same local label.
3355
3356Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
3357except that instead of being terminated by a colon, they are terminated by a
96e9638b 3358dollar sign, e.g., @samp{@b{55$}}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3359
3360They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
96e9638b
BW
3361names which use ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
3362to distinguish them from ordinary labels. For example, the fifth definition of
ba83aca1 3363@samp{6$} may be named @samp{.L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
252b5132
RH
3364
3365@node Dot
3366@section The Special Dot Symbol
3367
3368@cindex dot (symbol)
3369@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
3370@cindex current address
3371@cindex location counter
3372The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
a4fb0134 3373@command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
252b5132
RH
3374.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
3375Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
3376directive. Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
3377@ifclear no-space-dir
3378@samp{.space 4}.
3379@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3380
3381@node Symbol Attributes
3382@section Symbol Attributes
3383
3384@cindex symbol attributes
3385@cindex attributes, symbol
3386Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
3387``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
3388attributes.
3389@ifset INTERNALS
3390The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
3391@end ifset
3392
a4fb0134 3393If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
252b5132
RH
3394all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
3395symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
3396would want.
3397
3398@menu
3399* Symbol Value:: Value
3400* Symbol Type:: Type
3401@ifset aout-bout
3402@ifset GENERIC
3403* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3404@end ifset
3405@ifclear GENERIC
3406@ifclear BOUT
3407* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3408@end ifclear
3409@ifset BOUT
3410* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3411@end ifset
3412@end ifclear
3413@end ifset
3414@ifset COFF
3415* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
3416@end ifset
3417@ifset SOM
3418* SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
3419@end ifset
3420@end menu
3421
3422@node Symbol Value
3423@subsection Value
3424
3425@cindex value of a symbol
3426@cindex symbol value
3427The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
3428location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
3429number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
3430Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
3431as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
3432symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
3433called absolute.
3434
3435The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
34360 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
3437@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
3438same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
3439name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
3440common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
3441bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
3442allocated storage.
3443
3444@node Symbol Type
3445@subsection Type
3446
3447@cindex type of a symbol
3448@cindex symbol type
3449The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
3450information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
3451(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
3452format depends on the object-code output format in use.
3453
3454@ifset aout-bout
3455@ifclear GENERIC
3456@ifset BOUT
3457@c The following avoids a "widow" subsection title. @group would be
3458@c better if it were available outside examples.
3459@need 1000
3460@node a.out Symbols
3461@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3462
3463@cindex @code{b.out} symbol attributes
3464@cindex symbol attributes, @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 3465These symbol attributes appear only when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for
252b5132
RH
3466one of the Berkeley-descended object output formats---@code{a.out} or
3467@code{b.out}.
3468
3469@end ifset
3470@ifclear BOUT
3471@node a.out Symbols
3472@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3473
3474@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3475@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3476
3477@end ifclear
3478@end ifclear
3479@ifset GENERIC
3480@node a.out Symbols
3481@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3482
3483@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3484@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3485
3486@end ifset
3487@menu
3488* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
3489* Symbol Other:: Other
3490@end menu
3491
3492@node Symbol Desc
3493@subsubsection Descriptor
3494
3495@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
3496This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
3497descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
3498(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
a4fb0134 3499@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3500
3501@node Symbol Other
3502@subsubsection Other
3503
3504@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
a4fb0134 3505This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3506@end ifset
3507
3508@ifset COFF
3509@node COFF Symbols
3510@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
3511
3512@cindex COFF symbol attributes
3513@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
3514
3515The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
3516like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
3517@code{.endef} directives.
3518
3519@subsubsection Primary Attributes
3520
3521@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
3522The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
3523respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
3524
3525@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
3526
3527@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
a4fb0134 3528The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
c87db184
CF
3529@code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol
3530table information for COFF.
252b5132
RH
3531@end ifset
3532
3533@ifset SOM
3534@node SOM Symbols
3535@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
3536
3537@cindex SOM symbol attributes
3538@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
3539
3540The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
3541the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
3542
3543The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
3544Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
3545@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
3546@end ifset
3547
3548@node Expressions
3549@chapter Expressions
3550
3551@cindex expressions
3552@cindex addresses
3553@cindex numeric values
3554An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
3555Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
3556
3557The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
3558a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
a4fb0134 3559enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
252b5132
RH
3560section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
3561the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
a4fb0134 3562@command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
252b5132
RH
3563
3564@menu
3565* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
3566* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
3567@end menu
3568
3569@node Empty Exprs
3570@section Empty Expressions
3571
3572@cindex empty expressions
3573@cindex expressions, empty
3574An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
3575Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
a4fb0134 3576expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
252b5132
RH
3577is compatible with other assemblers.
3578
3579@node Integer Exprs
3580@section Integer Expressions
3581
3582@cindex integer expressions
3583@cindex expressions, integer
3584An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
3585by @emph{operators}.
3586
3587@menu
3588* Arguments:: Arguments
3589* Operators:: Operators
3590* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
3591* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
3592@end menu
3593
3594@node Arguments
3595@subsection Arguments
3596
3597@cindex expression arguments
3598@cindex arguments in expressions
3599@cindex operands in expressions
3600@cindex arithmetic operands
3601@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
3602contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
3603this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
3604the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
3605expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
3606instruction operands.
3607
3608Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
3609@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
3610or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
3611integer.
3612
3613Numbers are usually integers.
3614
3615A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
a4fb0134 3616that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
252b5132
RH
3617these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
3618instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
3619assemblers.
3620
3621@cindex subexpressions
3622Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
3623expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
3624operator followed by an argument.
3625
3626@node Operators
3627@subsection Operators
3628
3629@cindex operators, in expressions
3630@cindex arithmetic functions
3631@cindex functions, in expressions
3632@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
3633operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
3634between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
3635whitespace.
3636
3637@node Prefix Ops
3638@subsection Prefix Operator
3639
3640@cindex prefix operators
a4fb0134 3641@command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
252b5132
RH
3642one argument, which must be absolute.
3643
3644@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
3645@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
3646@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
3647@tex
3648\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
3649@end tex
3650
3651@table @code
3652@item -
3653@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
3654@item ~
3655@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
3656@end table
3657
3658@tex
3659\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
3660@end tex
3661
3662@node Infix Ops
3663@subsection Infix Operators
3664
3665@cindex infix operators
3666@cindex operators, permitted arguments
3667@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
3668have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
a4fb0134 3669to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
252b5132
RH
3670absolute, and the result is absolute.
3671
3672@enumerate
3673@cindex operator precedence
3674@cindex precedence of operators
3675
3676@item
3677Highest Precedence
3678
3679@table @code
3680@item *
3681@dfn{Multiplication}.
3682
3683@item /
3684@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
3685
3686@item %
3687@dfn{Remainder}.
3688
d1eac9d9 3689@item <<
252b5132
RH
3690@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
3691
d1eac9d9 3692@item >>
252b5132
RH
3693@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
3694@end table
3695
3696@item
3697Intermediate precedence
3698
3699@table @code
3700@item |
3701
3702@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
3703
3704@item &
3705@dfn{Bitwise And}.
3706
3707@item ^
3708@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
3709
3710@item !
3711@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
3712@end table
3713
3714@item
b131d4dc 3715Low Precedence
252b5132
RH
3716
3717@table @code
3718@cindex addition, permitted arguments
3719@cindex plus, permitted arguments
3720@cindex arguments for addition
3721@item +
3722@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
3723the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
3724sections.
3725
3726@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
3727@cindex minus, permitted arguments
3728@cindex arguments for subtraction
3729@item -
3730@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
3731result has the section of the left argument.
3732If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
3733You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
3734@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
b131d4dc
NC
3735
3736@cindex comparison expressions
3737@cindex expressions, comparison
3738@item ==
3739@dfn{Is Equal To}
3740@item <>
723a8472 3741@itemx !=
b131d4dc
NC
3742@dfn{Is Not Equal To}
3743@item <
3744@dfn{Is Less Than}
d1eac9d9 3745@item >
b131d4dc 3746@dfn{Is Greater Than}
d1eac9d9 3747@item >=
b131d4dc 3748@dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
d1eac9d9 3749@item <=
b131d4dc
NC
3750@dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
3751
3752The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a
3753value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
3754perform signed comparisons.
3755@end table
3756
3757@item Lowest Precedence
3758
3759@table @code
3760@item &&
3761@dfn{Logical And}.
3762
3763@item ||
3764@dfn{Logical Or}.
3765
3766These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
3767expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
3768value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
3769or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
3770
252b5132
RH
3771@end table
3772@end enumerate
3773
3774In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
3775address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
3776
3777@node Pseudo Ops
3778@chapter Assembler Directives
3779
3780@cindex directives, machine independent
3781@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
3782@cindex machine independent directives
3783All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
3784The rest of the name is letters, usually in lower case.
3785
3786This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
3787target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
3788@ifset GENERIC
3789Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
3790@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
3791@end ifset
3792@ifclear GENERIC
3793@ifset machine-directives
96e9638b 3794@xref{Machine Dependencies}, for additional directives.
252b5132
RH
3795@end ifset
3796@end ifclear
3797
3798@menu
3799* Abort:: @code{.abort}
3800@ifset COFF
38a57ae7 3801* ABORT (COFF):: @code{.ABORT}
252b5132 3802@end ifset
f0dc282c 3803
252b5132 3804* Align:: @code{.align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
caa32fe5 3805* Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro}
252b5132
RH
3806* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
3807* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
3808* Balign:: @code{.balign @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
3809* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
3810* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
54cfded0 3811
4b7d318b 3812* CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc.
54cfded0 3813
252b5132
RH
3814* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
3815@ifset COFF
3816* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
3817@end ifset
3818@ifset aout-bout
3819* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
3820@end ifset
3821@ifset COFF
3822* Dim:: @code{.dim}
3823@end ifset
f0dc282c 3824
252b5132
RH
3825* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
3826* Eject:: @code{.eject}
3827* Else:: @code{.else}
3fd9f047 3828* Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
252b5132
RH
3829* End:: @code{.end}
3830@ifset COFF
3831* Endef:: @code{.endef}
3832@end ifset
f0dc282c 3833
252b5132
RH
3834* Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
3835* Endif:: @code{.endif}
3836* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
3837* Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
9497f5ac 3838* Eqv:: @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
252b5132 3839* Err:: @code{.err}
d190d046 3840* Error:: @code{.error @var{string}}
252b5132
RH
3841* Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
3842* Extern:: @code{.extern}
3843* Fail:: @code{.fail}
3844@ifclear no-file-dir
3845* File:: @code{.file @var{string}}
3846@end ifclear
f0dc282c 3847
252b5132
RH
3848* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
3849* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
3850* Func:: @code{.func}
3851* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
c91d2e08 3852@ifset ELF
3a99f02f 3853* Gnu_attribute:: @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
c91d2e08
NC
3854* Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
3855@end ifset
f0dc282c 3856
252b5132
RH
3857* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
3858* Ident:: @code{.ident}
3859* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
7e005732 3860* Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
252b5132
RH
3861* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
3862* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
c91d2e08
NC
3863@ifset ELF
3864* Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
3865@end ifset
f0dc282c 3866
252b5132
RH
3867* Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
3868* Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
3869* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
3870* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
3871@ifclear no-line-dir
3872* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
3873@end ifclear
f0dc282c 3874
252b5132
RH
3875* Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
3876* List:: @code{.list}
bd0eb99b
RH
3877* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
3878
3879* LNS directives:: @code{.file}, @code{.loc}, etc.
3880
252b5132
RH
3881* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
3882@ignore
3883* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
3884@end ignore
f0dc282c 3885
252b5132
RH
3886* Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
3887* MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 3888* Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro}
252b5132
RH
3889* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
3890* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
85234291
L
3891* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc}, @var{fill}}
3892* P2align:: @code{.p2align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
c91d2e08
NC
3893@ifset ELF
3894* PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
3895* Previous:: @code{.previous}
3896@end ifset
f0dc282c 3897
252b5132 3898* Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
c91d2e08
NC
3899@ifset ELF
3900* Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
3901@end ifset
f0dc282c 3902
252b5132
RH
3903* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
3904* Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
c91d2e08
NC
3905@ifset ELF
3906* PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
3907@end ifset
f0dc282c 3908
252b5132 3909* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
05e9452c 3910* Reloc:: @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
252b5132
RH
3911* Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
3912* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
3913@ifset COFF
3914* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
c1253627
NC
3915@end ifset
3916@ifset COFF-ELF
7337fc21 3917* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}[, @var{flags}]}
252b5132 3918@end ifset
f0dc282c 3919
252b5132
RH
3920* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
3921* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
3922* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
c1253627 3923@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 3924* Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
c1253627
NC
3925@end ifset
3926
252b5132
RH
3927* Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
3928* Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
3929* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
3930@ifset have-stabs
3931* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
3932@end ifset
f0dc282c 3933
38a57ae7 3934* String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}, @code{.string8 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string16 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string32 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string64 "@var{str}"}
252b5132
RH
3935* Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
3936@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 3937* SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
252b5132
RH
3938* Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}}
3939@end ifset
f0dc282c 3940
252b5132
RH
3941@ifset COFF
3942* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
3943@end ifset
f0dc282c 3944
252b5132
RH
3945* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
3946* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
c1253627 3947@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 3948* Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
c1253627
NC
3949@end ifset
3950
c91d2e08 3951* Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
252b5132 3952@ifset COFF
252b5132
RH
3953* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
3954@end ifset
f0dc282c 3955
2e13b764 3956@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 3957* Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
c91d2e08
NC
3958* VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
3959* VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 3960@end ifset
f0dc282c 3961
d190d046 3962* Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}}
c87db184 3963* Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
06e77878 3964* Weakref:: @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{symbol}}
252b5132
RH
3965* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
3966* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
3967@end menu
3968
3969@node Abort
3970@section @code{.abort}
3971
3972@cindex @code{abort} directive
3973@cindex stopping the assembly
3974This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
3975compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
3976assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
a4fb0134 3977of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
252b5132
RH
3978quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
3979
3980@ifset COFF
370b66a1
CD
3981@node ABORT (COFF)
3982@section @code{.ABORT} (COFF)
252b5132
RH
3983
3984@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
a4fb0134 3985When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
252b5132
RH
3986synonym for @samp{.abort}.
3987
3988@ifset BOUT
a4fb0134 3989When producing @code{b.out} output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive,
252b5132
RH
3990but ignores it.
3991@end ifset
3992@end ifset
3993
3994@node Align
3995@section @code{.align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
3996
3997@cindex padding the location counter
3998@cindex @code{align} directive
3999Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
4000boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
4001required, as described below.
4002
4003The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4004padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4005padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4006marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4007with no-op instructions.
4008
4009The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4010it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4011directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4012specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4013fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4014required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4015with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4016
4017The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
7be1c489 4018For the arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, i860, iq2000, m68k, or32,
60946ad0 4019s390, sparc, tic4x, tic80 and xtensa, the first expression is the
252b5132
RH
4020alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
4021the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
60946ad0
AM
4022is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the
4023first expression is the alignment request in words.
252b5132 4024
9e9a9798 4025For other systems, including ppc, i386 using a.out format, arm and
adcf07e6 4026strongarm, it is the
252b5132
RH
4027number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
4028advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
4029counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
4030multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4031
4032This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
4033native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
4034GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
4035described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
4036architectures (but are specific to GAS).
4037
4038@node Ascii
4039@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4040
4041@cindex @code{ascii} directive
4042@cindex string literals
4043@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
4044separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
4045trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
4046
4047@node Asciz
4048@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4049
4050@cindex @code{asciz} directive
4051@cindex zero-terminated strings
4052@cindex null-terminated strings
4053@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
4054a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
4055
4056@node Balign
4057@section @code{.balign[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4058
4059@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
4060@cindex @code{balign} directive
4061Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
4062storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
4063alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
4064the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
4065is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4066
4067The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4068padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4069padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4070marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4071with no-op instructions.
4072
4073The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4074it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4075directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4076specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4077fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4078required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4079with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4080
4081@cindex @code{balignw} directive
4082@cindex @code{balignl} directive
4083The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
4084@code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
4085pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
4086fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
40874,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
4088filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
4089the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
4090undefined.
4091
4092@node Byte
4093@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4094
4095@cindex @code{byte} directive
4096@cindex integers, one byte
4097@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
4098Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
4099
d88ef7a6
TT
4100@node Comm
4101@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
4102
4103@cindex @code{comm} directive
4104@cindex symbol, common
4105@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
4106common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
4107of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
4108definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
4109allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
4110absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
4111the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
4112using the largest size.
4113
4114@ifset ELF
4115When using ELF, the @code{.comm} directive takes an optional third argument.
4116This is the desired alignment of the symbol, specified as a byte boundary (for
4117example, an alignment of 16 means that the least significant 4 bits of the
4118address should be zero). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it
4119must be a power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory
4120for the common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If
4121no alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
4122largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
4123maximum of 16.
4124@end ifset
4125
4126@ifset HPPA
4127The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
4128@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
4129@end ifset
4130
54cfded0 4131@node CFI directives
4b7d318b 4132@section @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}
54cfded0
AM
4133@cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive
4134@code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that
4135should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal
4b7d318b 4136data structures. Don't forget to close the function by
54cfded0
AM
4137@code{.cfi_endproc}.
4138
4b7d318b
L
4139Unless @code{.cfi_startproc} is used along with parameter @code{simple}
4140it also emits some architecture dependent initial CFI instructions.
4141
54cfded0
AM
4142@section @code{.cfi_endproc}
4143@cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive
4144@code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its
4145unwind entry previously opened by
b45619c0 4146@code{.cfi_startproc}, and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}.
54cfded0 4147
9b8ae42e
JJ
4148@section @code{.cfi_personality @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4149@code{.cfi_personality} defines personality routine and its encoding.
4150@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the personality
4151should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4152argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be
4153a constant or a symbol name. When using indirect encodings,
4154the symbol provided should be the location where personality
4155can be loaded from, not the personality routine itself.
4156The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_personality 0xff},
4157no personality routine.
4158
4159@section @code{.cfi_lsda @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4160@code{.cfi_lsda} defines LSDA and its encoding.
4161@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the LSDA
4162should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4163argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be a constant
4164or a symbol name. The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_lsda 0xff},
4165no LSDA.
4166
54cfded0
AM
4167@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4168@code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take
4169address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}.
4170
4171@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}}
4172@code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From
4173now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset
4174remains the same.
4175
4176@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4177@code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register
4178remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the
4179absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute
4180CFA address.
4181
4182@section @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4183Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative
4184value that is added/substracted from the previous offset.
4185
4186@section @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4187Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4188CFA.
4189
17076204
RH
4190@section @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4191Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4192the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset}
4193using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA.
4194This is often easier to use, because the number will match the
4195code it's annotating.
54cfded0 4196
4b7d318b
L
4197@section @code{.cfi_register @var{register1}, @var{register2}}
4198Previous value of @var{register1} is saved in register @var{register2}.
4199
4200@section @code{.cfi_restore @var{register}}
4201@code{.cfi_restore} says that the rule for @var{register} is now the
4202same as it was at the beginning of the function, after all initial
4203instruction added by @code{.cfi_startproc} were executed.
4204
4205@section @code{.cfi_undefined @var{register}}
4206From now on the previous value of @var{register} can't be restored anymore.
4207
4208@section @code{.cfi_same_value @var{register}}
4209Current value of @var{register} is the same like in the previous frame,
4210i.e. no restoration needed.
4211
4212@section @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4213First save all current rules for all registers by @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4214then totally screw them up by subsequent @code{.cfi_*} directives and when
4215everything is hopelessly bad, use @code{.cfi_restore_state} to restore
4216the previous saved state.
4217
4218@section @code{.cfi_return_column @var{register}}
4219Change return column @var{register}, i.e. the return address is either
4220directly in @var{register} or can be accessed by rules for @var{register}.
4221
63752a75
JJ
4222@section @code{.cfi_signal_frame}
4223Mark current function as signal trampoline.
4224
6749011b 4225@section @code{.cfi_window_save}
364b6d8b
JJ
4226SPARC register window has been saved.
4227
cdfbf930
RH
4228@section @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}]
4229Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One
4230might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI
4231opcodes that GAS does not yet support.
252b5132 4232
f1c4cc75
RH
4233@section @code{.cfi_val_encoded_addr @var{register}, @var{encoding}, @var{label}}
4234The current value of @var{register} is @var{label}. The value of @var{label}
4235will be encoded in the output file according to @var{encoding}; see the
4236description of @code{.cfi_personality} for details on this encoding.
4237
4238The usefulness of equating a register to a fixed label is probably
4239limited to the return address register. Here, it can be useful to
4240mark a code segment that has only one return address which is reached
4241by a direct branch and no copy of the return address exists in memory
4242or another register.
4243
bd0eb99b
RH
4244@node LNS directives
4245@section @code{.file @var{fileno} @var{filename}}
4246@cindex @code{file} directive
4247When emitting dwarf2 line number information @code{.file} assigns filenames
4248to the @code{.debug_line} file name table. The @var{fileno} operand should
4249be a unique positive integer to use as the index of the entry in the table.
4250The @var{filename} operand is a C string literal.
4251
b45619c0 4252The detail of filename indices is exposed to the user because the filename
bd0eb99b 4253table is shared with the @code{.debug_info} section of the dwarf2 debugging
b45619c0 4254information, and thus the user must know the exact indices that table
bd0eb99b
RH
4255entries will have.
4256
ecea7679 4257@section @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno} [@var{column}] [@var{options}]}
bd0eb99b
RH
4258@cindex @code{loc} directive
4259The @code{.loc} directive will add row to the @code{.debug_line} line
4260number matrix corresponding to the immediately following assembly
4261instruction. The @var{fileno}, @var{lineno}, and optional @var{column}
4262arguments will be applied to the @code{.debug_line} state machine before
4263the row is added.
4264
ecea7679
RH
4265The @var{options} are a sequence of the following tokens in any order:
4266
4267@table @code
4268@item basic_block
4269This option will set the @code{basic_block} register in the
bd0eb99b
RH
4270@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
4271
ecea7679
RH
4272@item prologue_end
4273This option will set the @code{prologue_end} register in the
bd0eb99b
RH
4274@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
4275
ecea7679
RH
4276@item epilogue_begin
4277This option will set the @code{epilogue_begin} register in the
bd0eb99b
RH
4278@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
4279
ecea7679
RH
4280@item is_stmt @var{value}
4281This option will set the @code{is_stmt} register in the
bd0eb99b
RH
4282@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{value}, which must be
4283either 0 or 1.
4284
ecea7679 4285@item isa @var{value}
bd0eb99b
RH
4286This directive will set the @code{isa} register in the @code{.debug_line}
4287state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
07a53e5c 4288
cd1fcb49
NC
4289@end table
4290
3a99f02f
DJ
4291@section @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
4292@cindex @code{loc_mark_labels} directive
4293The @code{.loc_mark_labels} directive makes the assembler emit an entry
07a53e5c
RH
4294to the @code{.debug_line} line number matrix with the @code{basic_block}
4295register in the state machine set whenever a code label is seen.
4296The @var{enable} argument should be either 1 or 0, to enable or disable
4297this function respectively.
4298
252b5132
RH
4299@node Data
4300@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4301
4302@cindex @code{data} directive
a4fb0134 4303@code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
252b5132
RH
4304end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
4305absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
4306to zero.
4307
4308@ifset COFF
4309@node Def
4310@section @code{.def @var{name}}
4311
4312@cindex @code{def} directive
4313@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
4314@cindex debugging COFF symbols
4315Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
4316definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
4317@ifset BOUT
4318
a4fb0134 4319This directive is only observed when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF
252b5132
RH
4320format output; when producing @code{b.out}, @samp{.def} is recognized,
4321but ignored.
4322@end ifset
4323@end ifset
4324
4325@ifset aout-bout
4326@node Desc
4327@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4328
4329@cindex @code{desc} directive
4330@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
4331@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
4332This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
4333to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
4334
4335@ifset COFF
a4fb0134 4336The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132 4337configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 4338object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
252b5132
RH
4339it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
4340@end ifset
4341@end ifset
4342
4343@ifset COFF
4344@node Dim
4345@section @code{.dim}
4346
4347@cindex @code{dim} directive
4348@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
4349@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
4350This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
4351information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
4352@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
4353@ifset BOUT
4354
4355@samp{.dim} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 4356@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
4357ignores it.
4358@end ifset
4359@end ifset
4360
4361@node Double
4362@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4363
4364@cindex @code{double} directive
4365@cindex floating point numbers (double)
4366@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4367assembles floating point numbers.
4368@ifset GENERIC
4369The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4370@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
4371@end ifset
4372@ifclear GENERIC
4373@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4374On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
4375in @sc{ieee} format.
4376@end ifset
4377@end ifclear
4378
4379@node Eject
4380@section @code{.eject}
4381
4382@cindex @code{eject} directive
4383@cindex new page, in listings
4384@cindex page, in listings
4385@cindex listing control: new page
4386Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
4387
4388@node Else
4389@section @code{.else}
4390
4391@cindex @code{else} directive
a4fb0134 4392@code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4393assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
252b5132
RH
4394of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
4395was false.
4396
3fd9f047
TW
4397@node Elseif
4398@section @code{.elseif}
4399
4400@cindex @code{elseif} directive
a4fb0134 4401@code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4402assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
3fd9f047
TW
4403@code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
4404
252b5132
RH
4405@node End
4406@section @code{.end}
4407
4408@cindex @code{end} directive
a4fb0134 4409@code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
252b5132
RH
4410process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
4411
4412@ifset COFF
4413@node Endef
4414@section @code{.endef}
4415
4416@cindex @code{endef} directive
4417This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
4418@code{.def}.
4419@ifset BOUT
4420
4421@samp{.endef} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; if
a4fb0134 4422@command{@value{AS}} is configured to generate @code{b.out}, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
4423directive but ignores it.
4424@end ifset
4425@end ifset
4426
4427@node Endfunc
4428@section @code{.endfunc}
4429@cindex @code{endfunc} directive
4430@code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
4431
4432@node Endif
4433@section @code{.endif}
4434
4435@cindex @code{endif} directive
a4fb0134 4436@code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
252b5132
RH
4437it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
4438conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
4439
4440@node Equ
4441@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4442
4443@cindex @code{equ} directive
4444@cindex assigning values to symbols
4445@cindex symbols, assigning values to
4446This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
96e9638b 4447It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; see @ref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
252b5132
RH
4448
4449@ifset HPPA
4450The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
4451@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
4452@end ifset
4453
3c9b82ba
NC
4454@ifset Z80
4455The syntax for @code{equ} on the Z80 is
4456@samp{@var{symbol} equ @var{expression}}.
4457On the Z80 it is an eror if @var{symbol} is already defined,
96e9638b
BW
4458but the symbol is not protected from later redefinition.
4459Compare @ref{Equiv}.
3c9b82ba
NC
4460@end ifset
4461
252b5132
RH
4462@node Equiv
4463@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4464@cindex @code{equiv} directive
4465The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
8dfa0188
NC
4466the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
4467symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
4468undefined.
252b5132
RH
4469
4470Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
4471@smallexample
4472.ifdef SYM
4473.err
4474.endif
4475.equ SYM,VAL
4476@end smallexample
9497f5ac
NC
4477plus it protects the symbol from later redefinition.
4478
4479@node Eqv
4480@section @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4481@cindex @code{eqv} directive
4482The @code{.eqv} directive is like @code{.equiv}, but no attempt is made to
4483evaluate the expression or any part of it immediately. Instead each time
4484the resulting symbol is used in an expression, a snapshot of its current
4485value is taken.
252b5132
RH
4486
4487@node Err
4488@section @code{.err}
4489@cindex @code{err} directive
a4fb0134
SC
4490If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
4491message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
f9eb6721 4492object file. This can be used to signal an error in conditionally compiled code.
252b5132 4493
d190d046
HPN
4494@node Error
4495@section @code{.error "@var{string}"}
4496@cindex error directive
4497
4498Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a
4499string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the
4500message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}.
4501@xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
4502
4503@smallexample
4504 .error "This code has not been assembled and tested."
4505@end smallexample
4506
252b5132
RH
4507@node Exitm
4508@section @code{.exitm}
4509Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
4510
4511@node Extern
4512@section @code{.extern}
4513
4514@cindex @code{extern} directive
4515@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
a4fb0134 4516with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
252b5132
RH
4517all undefined symbols as external.
4518
4519@node Fail
4520@section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
4521
4522@cindex @code{fail} directive
4523Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
a4fb0134
SC
4524or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
4525than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
252b5132
RH
4526include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
4527complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
4528
4529@ifclear no-file-dir
4530@node File
4531@section @code{.file @var{string}}
4532
4533@cindex @code{file} directive
4534@cindex logical file name
4535@cindex file name, logical
a4fb0134 4536@code{.file} tells @command{@value{AS}} that we are about to start a new logical
252b5132
RH
4537file. @var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
4538recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
4539to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
4540statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
a4fb0134 4541old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
252b5132
RH
4542@end ifclear
4543
4544@node Fill
4545@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4546
4547@cindex @code{fill} directive
4548@cindex writing patterns in memory
4549@cindex patterns, writing in memory
bc64be0c 4550@var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
252b5132
RH
4551This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
4552may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
4553more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
4554other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
4555is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
4556zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
a4fb0134 4557byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
252b5132
RH
4558Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
4559@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
4560compatible with other people's assemblers.
4561
4562@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
4563If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
4564assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
4565@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
4566
4567@node Float
4568@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
4569
4570@cindex floating point numbers (single)
4571@cindex @code{float} directive
4572This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4573has the same effect as @code{.single}.
4574@ifset GENERIC
4575The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4576@command{@value{AS}} is configured.
252b5132
RH
4577@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4578@end ifset
4579@ifclear GENERIC
4580@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4581On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
4582in @sc{ieee} format.
4583@end ifset
4584@end ifclear
4585
4586@node Func
4587@section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
4588@cindex @code{func} directive
4589@code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
4590is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
05da4302 4591Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported.
252b5132
RH
4592@var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
4593prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
4594@samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
4595All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
4596The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
4597
4598@node Global
4599@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
4600
4601@cindex @code{global} directive
4602@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
4603@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
4604@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
4605other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
4606@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
4607from another file linked into the same program.
4608
4609Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
4610compatibility with other assemblers.
4611
4612@ifset HPPA
4613On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
4614partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
96e9638b 4615@xref{HPPA Directives, ,HPPA Assembler Directives}.
252b5132
RH
4616@end ifset
4617
c91d2e08 4618@ifset ELF
3a99f02f
DJ
4619@node Gnu_attribute
4620@section @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
4621Record a @sc{gnu} object attribute for this file. @xref{Object Attributes}.
4622
c91d2e08
NC
4623@node Hidden
4624@section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4625
c1253627
NC
4626@cindex @code{hidden} directive
4627@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 4628This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd
PB
4629@code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
4630@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
4631
4632This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
4633their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
4634@code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
4635Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
4636@end ifset
4637
252b5132
RH
4638@node hword
4639@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4640
4641@cindex @code{hword} directive
4642@cindex integers, 16-bit
4643@cindex numbers, 16-bit
4644@cindex sixteen bit integers
4645This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
4646a 16 bit number for each.
4647
4648@ifset GENERIC
4649This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
4650architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
4651@end ifset
4652@ifclear GENERIC
4653@ifset W32
4654This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
4655@end ifset
4656@ifset W16
4657This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
4658@end ifset
4659@end ifclear
4660
4661@node Ident
4662@section @code{.ident}
4663
4664@cindex @code{ident} directive
cb4c78d6
BE
4665
4666This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. The
4667behavior of this directive varies depending on the target. When using the
4668a.out object file format, @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for
4669source-file compatibility with existing assemblers, but does not emit anything
4670for it. When using COFF, comments are emitted to the @code{.comment} or
4671@code{.rdata} section, depending on the target. When using ELF, comments are
4672emitted to the @code{.comment} section.
252b5132
RH
4673
4674@node If
4675@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
4676
4677@cindex conditional assembly
4678@cindex @code{if} directive
4679@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
4680considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
4681(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
4682the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
4683(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
4684alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
3fd9f047
TW
4685If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
4686nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
252b5132
RH
4687
4688The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
4689@table @code
4690@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
4691@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
4692Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
4693has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
4694is considered to be undefined.
252b5132 4695
26aca5f6
JB
4696@cindex @code{ifb} directive
4697@item .ifb @var{text}
4698Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty).
4699
252b5132
RH
4700@cindex @code{ifc} directive
4701@item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
4702Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
4703strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
4704the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
4705end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
4706string comparison is case sensitive.
4707
4708@cindex @code{ifeq} directive
4709@item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
4710Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
4711
4712@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
4713@item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
4714Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
4715
4716@cindex @code{ifge} directive
4717@item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
4718Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
4719equal to zero.
4720
4721@cindex @code{ifgt} directive
4722@item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
4723Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
4724
4725@cindex @code{ifle} directive
4726@item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
4727Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
4728to zero.
4729
4730@cindex @code{iflt} directive
4731@item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
4732Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
4733
26aca5f6
JB
4734@cindex @code{ifnb} directive
4735@item .ifnb @var{text}
4736Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
4737following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty).
4738
252b5132
RH
4739@cindex @code{ifnc} directive
4740@item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
4741Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
4742following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
4743
4744@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
4745@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
4746@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
4747@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
4748Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
4749has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
4750which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
252b5132
RH
4751
4752@cindex @code{ifne} directive
4753@item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
4754Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
4755(in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
4756
4757@cindex @code{ifnes} directive
4758@item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
4759Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
4760following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
4761@end table
4762
7e005732
NC
4763@node Incbin
4764@section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
4765
4766@cindex @code{incbin} directive
4767@cindex binary files, including
4768The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
4769location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
4770option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
4771around @var{file}.
4772
4773The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
4774@var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
15dcfbc3
NC
4775read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
4776responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
4777after the @code{incbin} directive.
7e005732 4778
252b5132
RH
4779@node Include
4780@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4781
4782@cindex @code{include} directive
4783@cindex supporting files, including
4784@cindex files, including
4785This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
4786points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
4787if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
4788included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
4789can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
4790(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
4791around @var{file}.
4792
4793@node Int
4794@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
4795
4796@cindex @code{int} directive
4797@cindex integers, 32-bit
4798Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
4799For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
4800expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
4801of target the assembly is for.
4802
4803@ifclear GENERIC
4804@ifset H8
7be1c489 4805On most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
c2dcd04e 4806integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
252b5132
RH
480732-bit integers.
4808@end ifset
4809@end ifclear
4810
c91d2e08
NC
4811@ifset ELF
4812@node Internal
4813@section @code{.internal @var{names}}
4814
c1253627
NC
4815@cindex @code{internal} directive
4816@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 4817This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd
PB
4818@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
4819@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
4820
4821This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
4822their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
4823@code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
c1253627 4824(i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
c91d2e08
NC
4825processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
4826@end ifset
4827
252b5132
RH
4828@node Irp
4829@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4830
4831@cindex @code{irp} directive
4832Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
4833The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
4834terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
4835set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
4836@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
4837@var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
4838sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
4839
4840For example, assembling
4841
4842@example
4843 .irp param,1,2,3
4844 move d\param,sp@@-
4845 .endr
4846@end example
4847
4848is equivalent to assembling
4849
4850@example
4851 move d1,sp@@-
4852 move d2,sp@@-
4853 move d3,sp@@-
4854@end example
4855
96e9638b 4856For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also @ref{Macro}.
5e75c3ab 4857
252b5132
RH
4858@node Irpc
4859@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4860
4861@cindex @code{irpc} directive
4862Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
4863The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
4864terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
4865@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
4866assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
4867assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
4868@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
4869
4870For example, assembling
4871
4872@example
4873 .irpc param,123
4874 move d\param,sp@@-
4875 .endr
4876@end example
4877
4878is equivalent to assembling
4879
4880@example
4881 move d1,sp@@-
4882 move d2,sp@@-
4883 move d3,sp@@-
4884@end example
4885
5e75c3ab
JB
4886For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
4887at @xref{Macro}.
4888
252b5132
RH
4889@node Lcomm
4890@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
4891
4892@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
4893@cindex local common symbols
4894@cindex symbols, local common
4895Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
4896denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
4897those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
4898section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
4899is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
4900not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
4901
4902@ifset GENERIC
4903Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
4904argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
4905@end ifset
4906
4907@ifset HPPA
4908The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
4909@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
4910@end ifset
4911
4912@node Lflags
4913@section @code{.lflags}
4914
4915@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
a4fb0134 4916@command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
252b5132
RH
4917assemblers, but ignores it.
4918
4919@ifclear no-line-dir
4920@node Line
4921@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
4922
4923@cindex @code{line} directive
4924@end ifclear
4925@ifset no-line-dir
4926@node Ln
4927@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
4928
4929@cindex @code{ln} directive
4930@end ifset
4931@cindex logical line number
4932@ifset aout-bout
4933Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
4934expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
4935statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
4936reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
a4fb0134 4937@command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
252b5132
RH
4938for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
4939
252b5132
RH
4940@end ifset
4941
4942@ifclear no-line-dir
4943Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
a4fb0134 4944@code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
252b5132
RH
4945when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
4946were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
4947@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
4948
4949Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
4950used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
4951debugging.
4952@end ifclear
4953
4954@node Linkonce
4955@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
4956@cindex COMDAT
4957@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
4958@cindex common sections
4959Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
4960This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
4961but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
4962The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
4963Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
4964unique.
4965
4966This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
4967writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
4968Executable format used on Windows NT.
4969
4970The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
4971following strings. For example:
4972@smallexample
4973.linkonce same_size
4974@end smallexample
4975Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
4976
4977@table @code
4978@item discard
4979Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
4980
4981@item one_only
4982Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
4983
4984@item same_size
4985Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
4986
4987@item same_contents
4988Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
4989@end table
4990
4991@node Ln
4992@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
4993
4994@cindex @code{ln} directive
4995@ifclear no-line-dir
4996@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
4997@end ifclear
4998@ifset no-line-dir
a4fb0134 4999Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
252b5132
RH
5000must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
5001line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
5002statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
5003line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
5004@ifset BOUT
5005
a4fb0134 5006This directive is accepted, but ignored, when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
5007configured for @code{b.out}; its effect is only associated with COFF
5008output format.
5009@end ifset
5010@end ifset
5011
5012@node MRI
5013@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
5014
5015@cindex @code{mri} directive
5016@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
a4fb0134
SC
5017If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
5018@var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
252b5132
RH
5019affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
5020of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
5021
5022@node List
5023@section @code{.list}
5024
5025@cindex @code{list} directive
5026@cindex listing control, turning on
5027Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
5028not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5029internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5030counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5031generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5032
5033By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
5034@samp{-a} command line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
5035the initial value of the listing counter is one.
5036
5037@node Long
5038@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
5039
5040@cindex @code{long} directive
96e9638b 5041@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}. @xref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
252b5132
RH
5042
5043@ignore
5044@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
5045@c what it really ought to do
5046@node Lsym
5047@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5048
5049@cindex @code{lsym} directive
5050@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
5051@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
5052the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
5053rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
5054the same as the expression value:
5055@smallexample
5056@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
5057@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
5058@var{value} = @var{expression}
5059@end smallexample
5060@noindent
5061The new symbol is not flagged as external.
5062@end ignore
5063
5064@node Macro
5065@section @code{.macro}
5066
5067@cindex macros
5068The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
5069generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
5070@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
5071
5072@example
5073 .macro sum from=0, to=5
5074 .long \from
5075 .if \to-\from
5076 sum "(\from+1)",\to
5077 .endif
5078 .endm
5079@end example
5080
5081@noindent
5082With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
5083
5084@example
5085 .long 0
5086 .long 1
5087 .long 2
5088 .long 3
5089 .long 4
5090 .long 5
5091@end example
5092
5093@ftable @code
5094@item .macro @var{macname}
5095@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
5096@cindex @code{macro} directive
5097Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
5098definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
6eaeac8a
JB
5099separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to
5100indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through
5101@samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments
5102(through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any
fffeaa5f
JB
5103macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You
5104cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been
96e9638b 5105subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@pxref{Purgem}) between the two
fffeaa5f 5106definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
252b5132
RH
5107
5108@table @code
5109@item .macro comm
5110Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
5111arguments.
5112
6258339f 5113@item .macro plus1 p, p1
252b5132
RH
5114@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
5115Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
5116which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
5117@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
5118
5119@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
5120Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
5121arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
5122After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
5123@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
5124@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
5125,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
5126@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
252b5132 5127
6eaeac8a
JB
5128@item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg
5129Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three
5130arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but
5131not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal
5132will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time.
5133
252b5132
RH
5134When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
5135position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
5136@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
5137
6258339f
NC
5138@end table
5139
5e75c3ab
JB
5140Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly
5141as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be
5142occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain
6258339f 5143characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if the colon
5e75c3ab 5144(@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the
6258339f 5145architecture specific code special-cases it when occurring as the final
5e75c3ab
JB
5146character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter
5147replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole
5148construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this
6258339f
NC
5149identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. So for example
5150this macro definition:
5151
5152@example
5153 .macro label l
5154\l:
5155 .endm
5156@end example
5157
5158might not work as expected. Invoking @samp{label foo} might not create a label
5159called @samp{foo} but instead just insert the text @samp{\l:} into the
5160assembler source, probably generating an error about an unrecognised
5161identifier.
5162
5163Similarly problems might occur with the period character (@samp{.})
5164which is often allowed inside opcode names (and hence identifier names). So
5165for example constructing a macro to build an opcode from a base name and a
5166length specifier like this:
5167
5168@example
5169 .macro opcode base length
5170 \base.\length
5171 .endm
5172@end example
5173
5174and invoking it as @samp{opcode store l} will not create a @samp{store.l}
5175instruction but instead generate some kind of error as the assembler tries to
5176interpret the text @samp{\base.\length}.
5177
5178There are several possible ways around this problem:
5179
5180@table @code
5181@item Insert white space
5182If it is possible to use white space characters then this is the simplest
5183solution. eg:
5184
5185@example
5186 .macro label l
5187\l :
5188 .endm
5189@end example
5190
5191@item Use @samp{\()}
5192The string @samp{\()} can be used to separate the end of a macro argument from
5193the following text. eg:
5194
5195@example
5196 .macro opcode base length
5197 \base\().\length
5198 .endm
5199@end example
5200
5201@item Use the alternate macro syntax mode
5202In the alternative macro syntax mode the ampersand character (@samp{&}) can be
5203used as a separator. eg:
5e75c3ab
JB
5204
5205@example
5206 .altmacro
5207 .macro label l
5208l&:
5209 .endm
5210@end example
6258339f 5211@end table
5e75c3ab 5212
96e9638b
BW
5213Note: this problem of correctly identifying string parameters to pseudo ops
5214also applies to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@pxref{Irp})
5215and @code{.irpc} (@pxref{Irpc}) as well.
5e75c3ab 5216
252b5132
RH
5217@item .endm
5218@cindex @code{endm} directive
5219Mark the end of a macro definition.
5220
5221@item .exitm
5222@cindex @code{exitm} directive
5223Exit early from the current macro definition.
5224
5225@cindex number of macros executed
5226@cindex macros, count executed
5227@item \@@
a4fb0134 5228@command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
252b5132
RH
5229executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
5230output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
5231
252b5132
RH
5232@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
5233@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
caa32fe5
NC
5234macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.}
5235@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
5236@end ftable
252b5132 5237
caa32fe5
NC
5238@node Altmacro
5239@section @code{.altmacro}
5240Enable alternate macro mode, enabling:
5241
5242@ftable @code
5243@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
5244One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to
5245generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
252b5132
RH
5246replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
5247replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
5248separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
5249define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
caa32fe5
NC
5250
5251@item String delimiters
5252You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
5253@code{"@var{string}"}:
5254
5255@table @code
5256@item '@var{string}'
b45619c0 5257You can delimit strings with single-quote characters.
caa32fe5
NC
5258
5259@item <@var{string}>
5260You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
5261@end table
5262
5263@item single-character string escape
5264To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
5265character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
5266character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can
5267write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
5268
5269@item Expression results as strings
5270You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
5271and use the result as a string.
252b5132
RH
5272@end ftable
5273
caa32fe5
NC
5274@node Noaltmacro
5275@section @code{.noaltmacro}
96e9638b 5276Disable alternate macro mode. @xref{Altmacro}.
caa32fe5 5277
252b5132
RH
5278@node Nolist
5279@section @code{.nolist}
5280
5281@cindex @code{nolist} directive
5282@cindex listing control, turning off
5283Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
5284not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5285internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5286counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5287generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5288
5289@node Octa
5290@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
5291
5292@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on i960, others? Or warn?
5293@cindex @code{octa} directive
5294@cindex integer, 16-byte
5295@cindex sixteen byte integer
5296This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
5297bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
5298
5299The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5300hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
5301
5302@node Org
5303@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
5304
5305@cindex @code{org} directive
5306@cindex location counter, advancing
5307@cindex advancing location counter
5308@cindex current address, advancing
5309Advance the location counter of the current section to
5310@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
5311expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
5312you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
5313wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
5314with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
a4fb0134 5315@command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5316is the same as the current subsection.
5317
5318@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
5319unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
5320backwards.
5321
5322@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
5323@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
5324@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
a4fb0134 5325Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5326may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
5327a chance to share your improved assembler.
5328
5329Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
5330to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
5331people's assemblers.
5332
5333When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
5334intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
5335absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
5336@var{fill} defaults to zero.
5337
5338@node P2align
5339@section @code{.p2align[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
5340
5341@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
5342@cindex @code{p2align} directive
5343Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
5344storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
5345number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
5346advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
5347counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
5348multiple of 8, no change is needed.
5349
5350The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
5351padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
5352padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
5353marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
5354with no-op instructions.
5355
5356The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
5357it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
5358directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
5359specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
5360fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
5361required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
5362with no-op instructions when appropriate.
5363
5364@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
5365@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
5366The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
5367@code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
5368pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
5369fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
53702,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
5371filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
5372the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
5373undefined.
5374
c91d2e08
NC
5375@ifset ELF
5376@node Previous
5377@section @code{.previous}
5378
c1253627 5379@cindex @code{previous} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5380@cindex Section Stack
5381This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
5382@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5383@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
5384(@pxref{PopSection}).
c91d2e08
NC
5385
5386This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
8b040e0a 5387referenced section/subsection pair prior to this one. Multiple
c91d2e08 5388@code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
8b040e0a
NC
5389subsections). For example:
5390
5391@smallexample
5392.section A
5393 .subsection 1
5394 .word 0x1234
5395 .subsection 2
5396 .word 0x5678
5397.previous
5398 .word 0x9abc
5399@end smallexample
5400
5401Will place 0x1234 and 0x9abc into subsection 1 and 0x5678 into subsection 2 of
5402section A. Whilst:
5403
5404@smallexample
5405.section A
5406.subsection 1
5407 # Now in section A subsection 1
5408 .word 0x1234
5409.section B
5410.subsection 0
5411 # Now in section B subsection 0
5412 .word 0x5678
5413.subsection 1
5414 # Now in section B subsection 1
5415 .word 0x9abc
5416.previous
5417 # Now in section B subsection 0
5418 .word 0xdef0
5419@end smallexample
5420
5421Will place 0x1234 into section A, 0x5678 and 0xdef0 into subsection 0 of
5422section B and 0x9abc into subsection 1 of section B.
c91d2e08
NC
5423
5424In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
5425the top section on the section stack.
5426@end ifset
5427
5428@ifset ELF
5429@node PopSection
5430@section @code{.popsection}
5431
c1253627 5432@cindex @code{popsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5433@cindex Section Stack
5434This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
5435@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5436@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
5437(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
5438
5439This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
5440section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
5441stack.
c91d2e08
NC
5442@end ifset
5443
252b5132
RH
5444@node Print
5445@section @code{.print @var{string}}
5446
5447@cindex @code{print} directive
a4fb0134 5448@command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
252b5132
RH
5449assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
5450
c91d2e08
NC
5451@ifset ELF
5452@node Protected
5453@section @code{.protected @var{names}}
5454
c1253627
NC
5455@cindex @code{protected} directive
5456@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5457This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd 5458@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
c91d2e08
NC
5459
5460This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5461their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5462@code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
5463components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
5464component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
5465this.
5466@end ifset
5467
252b5132
RH
5468@node Psize
5469@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
5470
5471@cindex @code{psize} directive
5472@cindex listing control: paper size
5473@cindex paper size, for listings
5474Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
5475number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
5476
5477If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
5478of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
5479default width is 200 columns.
5480
a4fb0134 5481@command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
252b5132
RH
5482lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
5483@code{.eject}).
5484
5485If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
5486those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
5487
5488@node Purgem
5489@section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
5490
5491@cindex @code{purgem} directive
5492Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
5493expanded. @xref{Macro}.
5494
c91d2e08
NC
5495@ifset ELF
5496@node PushSection
9cfc3331 5497@section @code{.pushsection @var{name} [, @var{subsection}] [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{arguments}]]]}
c91d2e08 5498
c1253627 5499@cindex @code{pushsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5500@cindex Section Stack
5501This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
5502@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5503@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
5504(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 5505
e9863d7f
DJ
5506This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the
5507top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and
9cfc3331
L
5508subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. The optional
5509@code{flags}, @code{type} and @code{arguments} are treated the same
5510as in the @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}) directive.
c91d2e08
NC
5511@end ifset
5512
252b5132
RH
5513@node Quad
5514@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
5515
5516@cindex @code{quad} directive
5517@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
5518each bignum, it emits
5519@ifclear bignum-16
5520an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
5521warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
5522@cindex eight-byte integer
5523@cindex integer, 8-byte
5524
5525The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5526hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
5527@end ifclear
5528@ifset bignum-16
5529a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
5530warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
5531@cindex sixteen-byte integer
5532@cindex integer, 16-byte
5533@end ifset
5534
05e9452c
AM
5535@node Reloc
5536@section @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
5537
5538@cindex @code{reloc} directive
5539Generate a relocation at @var{offset} of type @var{reloc_name} with value
5540@var{expression}. If @var{offset} is a number, the relocation is generated in
5541the current section. If @var{offset} is an expression that resolves to a
5542symbol plus offset, the relocation is generated in the given symbol's section.
5543@var{expression}, if present, must resolve to a symbol plus addend or to an
5544absolute value, but note that not all targets support an addend. e.g. ELF REL
5545targets such as i386 store an addend in the section contents rather than in the
5546relocation. This low level interface does not support addends stored in the
5547section.
5548
252b5132
RH
5549@node Rept
5550@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
5551
5552@cindex @code{rept} directive
5553Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
5554@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
5555
5556For example, assembling
5557
5558@example
5559 .rept 3
5560 .long 0
5561 .endr
5562@end example
5563
5564is equivalent to assembling
5565
5566@example
5567 .long 0
5568 .long 0
5569 .long 0
5570@end example
5571
5572@node Sbttl
5573@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
5574
5575@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
5576@cindex subtitles for listings
5577@cindex listing control: subtitle
5578Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
5579title line) when generating assembly listings.
5580
5581This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
5582it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
5583
5584@ifset COFF
5585@node Scl
5586@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
5587
5588@cindex @code{scl} directive
5589@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
5590@cindex COFF symbol storage class
5591Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
5592used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
5593whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
5594symbolic debugging information.
5595@ifset BOUT
5596
5597The @samp{.scl} directive is primarily associated with COFF output; when
a4fb0134 5598configured to generate @code{b.out} output format, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
5599accepts this directive but ignores it.
5600@end ifset
5601@end ifset
5602
c1253627 5603@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 5604@node Section
c1253627 5605@section @code{.section @var{name}}
252b5132 5606
252b5132
RH
5607@cindex named section
5608Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
5609named @var{name}.
5610
5611This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
5612named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
5613with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
5614
c1253627
NC
5615@ifset COFF
5616@ifset ELF
5617@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
5618@subheading COFF Version
5619@end ifset
5620
5621@cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
252b5132
RH
5622For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
5623ways:
c91d2e08 5624
252b5132
RH
5625@smallexample
5626.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
4e188d17 5627.section @var{name}[, @var{subsection}]
252b5132
RH
5628@end smallexample
5629
5630If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
5631section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
5632@table @code
5633@item b
5634bss section (uninitialized data)
5635@item n
5636section is not loaded
5637@item w
5638writable section
5639@item d
5640data section
5641@item r
5642read-only section
5643@item x
5644executable section
2dcc60be
ILT
5645@item s
5646shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
6ff96af6
NC
5647@item a
5648ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
252b5132
RH
5649@end table
5650
5651If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
5652the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
7e84d676
NC
5653loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
5654from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
5655will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
252b5132
RH
5656
5657If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
4e188d17 5658taken as a subsection number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
c1253627 5659@end ifset
252b5132
RH
5660
5661@ifset ELF
c1253627
NC
5662@ifset COFF
5663@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
5664@subheading ELF Version
5665@end ifset
5666
c91d2e08
NC
5667@cindex Section Stack
5668This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
5669@code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
5670(@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
5671@code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 5672
c1253627 5673@cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
252b5132 5674For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 5675
252b5132 5676@smallexample
7047dd1e 5677.section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]]
252b5132 5678@end smallexample
c91d2e08 5679
252b5132 5680The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
a349d9dd 5681combination of the following characters:
252b5132
RH
5682@table @code
5683@item a
5684section is allocatable
5685@item w
5686section is writable
5687@item x
5688section is executable
ec38dd05
JJ
5689@item M
5690section is mergeable
5691@item S
5692section contains zero terminated strings
22fe14ad
NC
5693@item G
5694section is a member of a section group
5695@item T
5696section is used for thread-local-storage
252b5132
RH
5697@end table
5698
5699The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
5700@table @code
5701@item @@progbits
5702section contains data
5703@item @@nobits
5704section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
22fe14ad
NC
5705@item @@note
5706section contains data which is used by things other than the program
10b016c2
PB
5707@item @@init_array
5708section contains an array of pointers to init functions
5709@item @@fini_array
5710section contains an array of pointers to finish functions
5711@item @@preinit_array
5712section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions
252b5132
RH
5713@end table
5714
10b016c2
PB
5715Many targets only support the first three section types.
5716
ececec60
NC
5717Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
5718ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
5719@code{%} character.
5720
22fe14ad 5721If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
96e9638b 5722be specified as well as an extra argument---@var{entsize}---like this:
22fe14ad
NC
5723
5724@smallexample
5725.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}
5726@end smallexample
5727
5728Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size
5729constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and
5730@code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is
5731@var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with
5732the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an
5733absolute expression.
5734
5735If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
5736be present along with an additional field like this:
5737
5738@smallexample
5739.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
5740@end smallexample
5741
5742The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this
5743particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain:
5744@table @code
5745@item comdat
5746indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained
5747@item .gnu.linkonce
5748an alias for comdat
5749@end table
5750
96e9638b 5751Note: if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for
22fe14ad
NC
5752the Merge flag should come first, like this:
5753
5754@smallexample
5755.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
5756@end smallexample
ec38dd05 5757
252b5132
RH
5758If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
5759the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
5760none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
5761executable. The section will contain data.
5762
5763For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
5764directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
c91d2e08 5765
252b5132
RH
5766@smallexample
5767.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
5768@end smallexample
c91d2e08 5769
252b5132
RH
5770Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
5771separated flags:
5772@table @code
5773@item #alloc
5774section is allocatable
5775@item #write
5776section is writable
5777@item #execinstr
5778section is executable
22fe14ad
NC
5779@item #tls
5780section is used for thread local storage
252b5132 5781@end table
c91d2e08 5782
e9863d7f
DJ
5783This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the
5784contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for
5785some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives
5786work.
c1253627
NC
5787@end ifset
5788@end ifset
252b5132
RH
5789
5790@node Set
5791@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5792
5793@cindex @code{set} directive
5794@cindex symbol value, setting
5795Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
5796changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
5797@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
5798flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
5799
5800You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly.
5801
5802If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
5803file is the last value stored into it.
5804
5805@ifset HPPA
5806The syntax for @code{set} on the HPPA is
5807@samp{@var{symbol} .set @var{expression}}.
5808@end ifset
5809
3c9b82ba
NC
5810@ifset Z80
5811On Z80 @code{set} is a real instruction, use
5812@samp{@var{symbol} defl @var{expression}} instead.
5813@end ifset
5814
252b5132
RH
5815@node Short
5816@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
5817
5818@cindex @code{short} directive
5819@ifset GENERIC
5820@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
5821@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
5822
5823In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
96e9638b 5824numbers of different lengths. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
5825@end ifset
5826@ifclear GENERIC
5827@ifset W16
5828@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
5829@end ifset
5830@ifset W32
5831This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
5832a 16 bit number for each.
5833@end ifset
5834@end ifclear
5835
5836@node Single
5837@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
5838
5839@cindex @code{single} directive
5840@cindex floating point numbers (single)
5841This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5842has the same effect as @code{.float}.
5843@ifset GENERIC
5844The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5845@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
5846@end ifset
5847@ifclear GENERIC
5848@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5849On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
5850numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
5851@end ifset
5852@end ifclear
5853
c1253627 5854@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 5855@node Size
c1253627 5856@section @code{.size}
c91d2e08 5857
c1253627
NC
5858This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
5859
5860@ifset COFF
5861@ifset ELF
5862@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
5863@subheading COFF Version
5864@end ifset
5865
5866@cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
5867For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
5868@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
5869
5870@smallexample
5871.size @var{expression}
5872@end smallexample
252b5132 5873
c91d2e08 5874@ifset BOUT
252b5132 5875@samp{.size} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 5876@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
5877ignores it.
5878@end ifset
c1253627 5879@end ifset
c91d2e08 5880
c1253627
NC
5881@ifset ELF
5882@ifset COFF
5883@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
5884@subheading ELF Version
5885@end ifset
5886
5887@cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
5888For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 5889
c1253627
NC
5890@smallexample
5891.size @var{name} , @var{expression}
5892@end smallexample
5893
5894This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
c91d2e08
NC
5895The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
5896arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
5897symbols.
c1253627
NC
5898@end ifset
5899@end ifset
252b5132
RH
5900
5901@node Sleb128
5902@section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
5903
5904@cindex @code{sleb128} directive
5905@var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
5906compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 5907symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128, ,@code{.uleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
5908
5909@ifclear no-space-dir
5910@node Skip
5911@section @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
5912
5913@cindex @code{skip} directive
5914@cindex filling memory
5915This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
5916@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
5917@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
5918@samp{.space}.
5919
5920@node Space
5921@section @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
5922
5923@cindex @code{space} directive
5924@cindex filling memory
5925This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
5926@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
5927and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
5928as @samp{.skip}.
5929
5930@ifset HPPA
5931@quotation
5932@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
5933targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
5934Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
5935@code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
5936for a summary.
5937@end quotation
5938@end ifset
5939@end ifclear
5940
252b5132
RH
5941@ifset have-stabs
5942@node Stab
5943@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
5944
5945@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
5946@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
5947There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
5948All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
a4fb0134 5949The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
252b5132
RH
5950cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
5951Up to five fields are required:
5952
5953@table @var
5954@item string
5955This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
5956@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
5957debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
5958using this field.
5959
5960@item type
5961An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
5962this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
5963and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
5964
5965@item other
5966An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
5967low 8 bits of this expression.
5968
5969@item desc
5970An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
5971bits of this expression.
5972
5973@item value
5974An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
5975@end table
5976
5977If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
5978or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
5979you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
5980compatible with earlier assemblers!
5981
5982@table @code
5983@cindex @code{stabd} directive
5984@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
5985
5986The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
5987It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
5988null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
5989strings.
5990
5991The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
5992relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
5993is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
5994assembled.
5995
5996@cindex @code{stabn} directive
5997@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
5998The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
5999
6000@cindex @code{stabs} directive
6001@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6002All five fields are specified.
6003@end table
6004@end ifset
6005@c end have-stabs
6006
6007@node String
38a57ae7
NC
6008@section @code{.string} "@var{str}", @code{.string8} "@var{str}", @code{.string16}
6009"@var{str}", @code{.string32} "@var{str}", @code{.string64} "@var{str}"
252b5132
RH
6010
6011@cindex string, copying to object file
38a57ae7
NC
6012@cindex string8, copying to object file
6013@cindex string16, copying to object file
6014@cindex string32, copying to object file
6015@cindex string64, copying to object file
252b5132 6016@cindex @code{string} directive
38a57ae7
NC
6017@cindex @code{string8} directive
6018@cindex @code{string16} directive
6019@cindex @code{string32} directive
6020@cindex @code{string64} directive
252b5132
RH
6021
6022Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
6023one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
6024particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
6025You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
6026
38a57ae7
NC
6027The variants @code{string16}, @code{string32} and @code{string64} differ from
6028the @code{string} pseudo opcode in that each 8-bit character from @var{str} is
6029copied and expanded to 16, 32 or 64 bits respectively. The expanded characters
6030are stored in target endianness byte order.
6031
6032Example:
6033@smallexample
6034 .string32 "BYE"
6035expands to:
6036 .string "B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E\0\0\0" /* On little endian targets. */
6037 .string "\0\0\0B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E" /* On big endian targets. */
6038@end smallexample
6039
6040
252b5132
RH
6041@node Struct
6042@section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
6043
6044@cindex @code{struct} directive
6045Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
6046which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
6047@smallexample
6048 .struct 0
6049field1:
6050 .struct field1 + 4
6051field2:
6052 .struct field2 + 4
6053field3:
6054@end smallexample
6055This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
6056@code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
6057value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
6058use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
6059before further assembly.
6060
c91d2e08
NC
6061@ifset ELF
6062@node SubSection
6063@section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
6064
c1253627 6065@cindex @code{subsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6066@cindex Section Stack
6067This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
6068@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
6069@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
6070(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
6071
6072This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
6073section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
6074in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
c91d2e08
NC
6075@end ifset
6076
252b5132
RH
6077@ifset ELF
6078@node Symver
6079@section @code{.symver}
6080@cindex @code{symver} directive
6081@cindex symbol versioning
6082@cindex versions of symbols
6083Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
6084within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
6085typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
6086There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
6087into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
6088shared library.
6089
79082ff0 6090For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
252b5132
RH
6091@smallexample
6092.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}
6093@end smallexample
339681c0 6094If the symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
79082ff0 6095being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
252b5132
RH
6096alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
6097just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
6098permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
6099of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
6100itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
6101have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
6102file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
6103function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
6104the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
6105building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
6106symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
6107nodename of the symbol you are trying to override.
339681c0
L
6108
6109If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
6110references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
6111reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
6112symbol table.
79082ff0
L
6113
6114Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6115@smallexample
6116.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
6117@end smallexample
6118In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
a349d9dd 6119the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
79082ff0
L
6120difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
6121references to @var{name2} by the linker.
6122
6123The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6124@smallexample
6125.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
6126@end smallexample
6127When @var{name} is not defined within the
6128file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
6129@var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
6130name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
252b5132
RH
6131@end ifset
6132
6133@ifset COFF
6134@node Tag
6135@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
6136
6137@cindex COFF structure debugging
6138@cindex structure debugging, COFF
6139@cindex @code{tag} directive
6140This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
6141information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
6142@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
6143definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
6144@ifset BOUT
6145
6146@samp{.tag} is only used when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6147@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6148ignores it.
6149@end ifset
6150@end ifset
6151
6152@node Text
6153@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
6154
6155@cindex @code{text} directive
a4fb0134 6156Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
252b5132
RH
6157the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
6158expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
6159is used.
6160
6161@node Title
6162@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
6163
6164@cindex @code{title} directive
6165@cindex listing control: title line
6166Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
6167source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
6168
6169This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6170it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6171
c1253627 6172@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6173@node Type
c1253627
NC
6174@section @code{.type}
6175
6176This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
6177
6178@ifset COFF
6179@ifset ELF
6180@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6181@subheading COFF Version
6182@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6183
6184@cindex COFF symbol type
6185@cindex symbol type, COFF
c1253627
NC
6186@cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
6187For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
6188@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6189
6190@smallexample
6191.type @var{int}
6192@end smallexample
6193
6194This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
6195entry.
252b5132 6196
c91d2e08 6197@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6198@samp{.type} is associated only with COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6199@command{@value{AS}} is configured for @code{b.out} output, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
6200directive but ignores it.
6201@end ifset
c1253627 6202@end ifset
c91d2e08 6203
c1253627
NC
6204@ifset ELF
6205@ifset COFF
6206@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6207@subheading ELF Version
6208@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6209
6210@cindex ELF symbol type
6211@cindex symbol type, ELF
c1253627
NC
6212@cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
6213For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
6214
6215@smallexample
6216.type @var{name} , @var{type description}
6217@end smallexample
6218
6219This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
a349d9dd 6220function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
c91d2e08 6221supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
28c9d252 6222compatibility with various other assemblers.
58ab4f3d
MM
6223
6224Because some of the characters used in these syntaxes (such as @samp{@@} and
6225@samp{#}) are comment characters for some architectures, some of the syntaxes
6226below do not work on all architectures. The first variant will be accepted by
6227the GNU assembler on all architectures so that variant should be used for
6228maximum portability, if you do not need to assemble your code with other
6229assemblers.
6230
6231The syntaxes supported are:
c91d2e08
NC
6232
6233@smallexample
5671778d
NC
6234 .type <name> STT_<TYPE_IN_UPPER_CASE>
6235 .type <name>,#<type>
6236 .type <name>,@@<type>
6237 .type <name>,%>type>
6238 .type <name>,"<type>"
6239@end smallexample
6240
6241The types supported are:
58ab4f3d 6242
5671778d
NC
6243@table @gcctabopt
6244@item STT_FUNC
6245@itemx function
6246Mark the symbol as being a function name.
c91d2e08 6247
5671778d
NC
6248@item STT_OBJECT
6249@itemx object
6250Mark the symbol as being a data object.
6251
6252@item STT_TLS
6253@itemx tls_object
6254Mark the symbol as being a thead-local data object.
6255
6256@item STT_COMMON
6257@itemx common
6258Mark the symbol as being a common data object.
6259@end table
6260
6261Note: Some targets support extra types in addition to those listed above.
c91d2e08 6262
c1253627
NC
6263@end ifset
6264@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6265
6266@node Uleb128
6267@section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
6268
6269@cindex @code{uleb128} directive
6270@var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
6271compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 6272symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128, ,@code{.sleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
6273
6274@ifset COFF
6275@node Val
6276@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
6277
6278@cindex @code{val} directive
6279@cindex COFF value attribute
6280@cindex value attribute, COFF
6281This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
6282records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
6283entry.
6284@ifset BOUT
6285
a4fb0134 6286@samp{.val} is used only for COFF output; when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
6287configured for @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but ignores it.
6288@end ifset
6289@end ifset
6290
2e13b764 6291@ifset ELF
c91d2e08
NC
6292@node Version
6293@section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
2e13b764 6294
c1253627 6295@cindex @code{version} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6296This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
6297formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
9a297610 6298@end ifset
2e13b764 6299
c91d2e08
NC
6300@ifset ELF
6301@node VTableEntry
6302@section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
2e13b764 6303
653cfe85 6304@cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6305This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
6306@code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
2e13b764 6307
c91d2e08
NC
6308@node VTableInherit
6309@section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 6310
653cfe85 6311@cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6312This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
6313@code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
a349d9dd 6314parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
96e9638b 6315parent name of @code{0} is treated as referring to the @code{*ABS*} section.
c91d2e08 6316@end ifset
2e13b764 6317
d190d046
HPN
6318@node Warning
6319@section @code{.warning "@var{string}"}
6320@cindex warning directive
6321Similar to the directive @code{.error}
6322(@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning.
6323
c91d2e08
NC
6324@node Weak
6325@section @code{.weak @var{names}}
2e13b764 6326
c1253627 6327@cindex @code{weak} directive
a349d9dd 6328This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c91d2e08 6329@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
c87db184 6330
977cdf5a
NC
6331On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This
6332directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c87db184
CF
6333@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
6334
977cdf5a
NC
6335On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases.
6336When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an
6337alternate symbol to hold the default value.
2e13b764 6338
06e77878
AO
6339@node Weakref
6340@section @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{target}}
6341
6342@cindex @code{weakref} directive
6343This directive creates an alias to the target symbol that enables the symbol to
6344be referenced with weak-symbol semantics, but without actually making it weak.
6345If direct references or definitions of the symbol are present, then the symbol
6346will not be weak, but if all references to it are through weak references, the
6347symbol will be marked as weak in the symbol table.
6348
6349The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate
6350assembly source file, renaming the alias to the symbol in it, declaring the
6351symbol as weak there, and running a reloadable link to merge the object files
6352resulting from the assembly of the new source file and the old source file that
6353had the references to the alias removed.
6354
6355The alias itself never makes to the symbol table, and is entirely handled
6356within the assembler.
6357
252b5132
RH
6358@node Word
6359@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
6360
6361@cindex @code{word} directive
6362This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
6363separated by commas.
6364@ifclear GENERIC
6365@ifset W32
a4fb0134 6366For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6367@end ifset
6368@ifset W16
a4fb0134 6369For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6370@end ifset
6371@end ifclear
6372@ifset GENERIC
6373
6374The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
6375depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
6376@end ifset
6377
6378@c on amd29k, i960, sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
6379@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
6380@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6381@cindex difference tables altered
6382@cindex altered difference tables
6383@quotation
6384@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
6385@end quotation
6386
6387@ifset GENERIC
6388Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
6389addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
6390interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
6391@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
6392
6393@end ifset
6394In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
a4fb0134 6395@command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
252b5132 6396Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
a4fb0134 6397compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
252b5132 6398directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
a4fb0134 6399@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
6400creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
6401This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
6402first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
6403of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
6404table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
6405contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
6406@code{sym2}.
6407
6408If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
6409secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
6410@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
6411long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
6412and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
6413minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
6414entries in the original jump table as necessary.
6415
6416@ifset INTERNALS
a4fb0134 6417@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
252b5132
RH
6418@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
6419assembly language programmers.
6420@end ifset
6421@end ifset
6422@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6423
6424@node Deprecated
6425@section Deprecated Directives
6426
6427@cindex deprecated directives
6428@cindex obsolescent directives
6429One day these directives won't work.
6430They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
6431@table @t
6432@item .abort
6433@item .line
6434@end table
6435
3a99f02f
DJ
6436@ifset ELF
6437@node Object Attributes
6438@chapter Object Attributes
6439@cindex object attributes
6440
6441@command{@value{AS}} assembles source files written for a specific architecture
6442into object files for that architecture. But not all object files are alike.
6443Many architectures support incompatible variations. For instance, floating
6444point arguments might be passed in floating point registers if the object file
6445requires hardware floating point support---or floating point arguments might be
6446passed in integer registers if the object file supports processors with no
6447hardware floating point unit. Or, if two objects are built for different
6448generations of the same architecture, the combination may require the
6449newer generation at run-time.
6450
6451This information is useful during and after linking. At link time,
6452@command{@value{LD}} can warn about incompatible object files. After link
6453time, tools like @command{gdb} can use it to process the linked file
6454correctly.
6455
6456Compatibility information is recorded as a series of object attributes. Each
6457attribute has a @dfn{vendor}, @dfn{tag}, and @dfn{value}. The vendor is a
6458string, and indicates who sets the meaning of the tag. The tag is an integer,
6459and indicates what property the attribute describes. The value may be a string
6460or an integer, and indicates how the property affects this object. Missing
6461attributes are the same as attributes with a zero value or empty string value.
6462
6463Object attributes were developed as part of the ABI for the ARM Architecture.
6464The file format is documented in @cite{ELF for the ARM Architecture}.
6465
6466@menu
6467* GNU Object Attributes:: @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
6468* Defining New Object Attributes:: Defining New Object Attributes
6469@end menu
6470
6471@node GNU Object Attributes
6472@section @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
6473
6474The @code{.gnu_attribute} directive records an object attribute
6475with vendor @samp{gnu}.
6476
6477Except for @samp{Tag_compatibility}, which has both an integer and a string for
6478its value, @sc{gnu} attributes have a string value if the tag number is odd and
6479an integer value if the tag number is even. The second bit (@code{@var{tag} &
64802} is set for architecture-independent attributes and clear for
6481architecture-dependent ones.
6482
6483@subsection Common @sc{gnu} attributes
6484
6485These attributes are valid on all architectures.
6486
6487@table @r
6488@item Tag_compatibility (32)
6489The compatibility attribute takes an integer flag value and a vendor name. If
6490the flag value is 0, the file is compatible with other toolchains. If it is 1,
6491then the file is only compatible with the named toolchain. If it is greater
6492than 1, the file can only be processed by other toolchains under some private
6493arrangement indicated by the flag value and the vendor name.
6494@end table
6495
6496@subsection MIPS Attributes
6497
6498@table @r
6499@item Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP (4)
6500The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6501
6502@itemize @bullet
6503@item
65040 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
6505@item
65061 for files using the hardware floating-point with a standard double-precision
6507FPU.
6508@item
65092 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a single-precision FPU.
6510@item
65113 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
42554f6a
TS
6512@item
65134 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit wide
6514double-precision floating-point registers and 32-bit wide general
6515purpose registers.
3a99f02f
DJ
6516@end itemize
6517@end table
6518
6519@subsection PowerPC Attributes
6520
6521@table @r
6522@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP (4)
6523The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6524
6525@itemize @bullet
6526@item
65270 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
6528@item
3c7b9897 65291 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
6530@item
65312 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
3c7b9897
AM
6532@item
65333 for files using single-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
6534@end itemize
6535
6536@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector (8)
6537The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6538
6539@itemize @bullet
6540@item
65410 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
6542@item
65431 for files using general purpose registers to pass vectors.
6544@item
65452 for files using AltiVec registers to pass vectors.
6546@item
65473 for files using SPE registers to pass vectors.
6548@end itemize
6549@end table
6550
6551@node Defining New Object Attributes
6552@section Defining New Object Attributes
6553
6554If you want to define a new @sc{gnu} object attribute, here are the places you
6555will need to modify. New attributes should be discussed on the @samp{binutils}
6556mailing list.
6557
6558@itemize @bullet
6559@item
6560This manual, which is the official register of attributes.
6561@item
6562The header for your architecture @file{include/elf}, to define the tag.
6563@item
6564The @file{bfd} support file for your architecture, to merge the attribute
6565and issue any appropriate link warnings.
6566@item
6567Test cases in @file{ld/testsuite} for merging and link warnings.
6568@item
6569@file{binutils/readelf.c} to display your attribute.
6570@item
6571GCC, if you want the compiler to mark the attribute automatically.
6572@end itemize
6573
6574@end ifset
6575
252b5132
RH
6576@ifset GENERIC
6577@node Machine Dependencies
6578@chapter Machine Dependent Features
6579
6580@cindex machine dependencies
6581The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
a4fb0134
SC
6582each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
6583vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
252b5132
RH
6584directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
6585assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
a4fb0134 6586@command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
252b5132
RH
6587optimization.
6588
6589This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
6590include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
6591subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
6592
6593@menu
625e1353
RH
6594@ifset ALPHA
6595* Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
6596@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6597@ifset ARC
6598* ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
6599@end ifset
6600@ifset ARM
6601* ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
6602@end ifset
8473f7a4
DC
6603@ifset AVR
6604* AVR-Dependent:: AVR Dependent Features
6605@end ifset
07c1b327
CM
6606@ifset BFIN
6607* BFIN-Dependent:: BFIN Dependent Features
6608@end ifset
3d3d428f
NC
6609@ifset CR16
6610* CR16-Dependent:: CR16 Dependent Features
6611@end ifset
8bf549a8 6612@ifset CRIS
328eb32e
HPN
6613* CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
6614@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6615@ifset D10V
6616* D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
6617@end ifset
6618@ifset D30V
6619* D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
6620@end ifset
6621@ifset H8/300
c2dcd04e 6622* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
252b5132 6623@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6624@ifset HPPA
6625* HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
6626@end ifset
5b93d8bb
AM
6627@ifset I370
6628* ESA/390-Dependent:: IBM ESA/390 Dependent Features
6629@end ifset
252b5132 6630@ifset I80386
55b62671 6631* i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
252b5132 6632@end ifset
e3308d0d
JE
6633@ifset I860
6634* i860-Dependent:: Intel 80860 Dependent Features
6635@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6636@ifset I960
6637* i960-Dependent:: Intel 80960 Dependent Features
6638@end ifset
5cb53c21
L
6639@ifset IA64
6640* IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features
6641@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
6642@ifset IP2K
6643* IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
6644@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
6645@ifset M32C
6646* M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features
6647@end ifset
ec694b89
NC
6648@ifset M32R
6649* M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
6650@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6651@ifset M680X0
6652* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
6653@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
6654@ifset M68HC11
6655* M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
6656@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6657@ifset MIPS
6658* MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
6659@end ifset
3c3bdf30
NC
6660@ifset MMIX
6661* MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
6662@end ifset
2469cfa2
NC
6663@ifset MSP430
6664* MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
6665@end ifset
252b5132 6666@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
6667* SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
6668* SH64-Dependent:: SuperH SH64 Dependent Features
252b5132 6669@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
6670@ifset PDP11
6671* PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
6672@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
6673@ifset PJ
6674* PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
6675@end ifset
418c1742
MG
6676@ifset PPC
6677* PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
6678@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6679@ifset SPARC
6680* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
6681@end ifset
39bec121
TW
6682@ifset TIC54X
6683* TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
6684@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6685@ifset V850
6686* V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
6687@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
6688@ifset XTENSA
6689* Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
6690@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
6691@ifset Z80
6692* Z80-Dependent:: Z80 Dependent Features
6693@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6694@ifset Z8000
6695* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
6696@end ifset
6697@ifset VAX
6698* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
6699@end ifset
6700@end menu
6701
6702@lowersections
6703@end ifset
6704
6705@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
6706@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
6707@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
6708@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
6709@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
6710@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
6711@c in both conditional blocks.
6712
625e1353
RH
6713@ifset ALPHA
6714@include c-alpha.texi
6715@end ifset
6716
6717@ifset ARC
6718@include c-arc.texi
6719@end ifset
6720
252b5132
RH
6721@ifset ARM
6722@include c-arm.texi
6723@end ifset
6724
8473f7a4
DC
6725@ifset AVR
6726@include c-avr.texi
6727@end ifset
6728
07c1b327
CM
6729@ifset BFIN
6730@include c-bfin.texi
6731@end ifset
6732
3d3d428f
NC
6733@ifset CR16
6734@include c-cr16.texi
6735@end ifset
6736
328eb32e
HPN
6737@ifset CRIS
6738@include c-cris.texi
6739@end ifset
6740
c2dcd04e 6741@ifset Renesas-all
252b5132
RH
6742@ifclear GENERIC
6743@node Machine Dependencies
6744@chapter Machine Dependent Features
6745
c2dcd04e 6746The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
252b5132 6747and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
a4fb0134 6748chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
252b5132
RH
6749family.
6750
6751@menu
c2dcd04e 6752* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
c2dcd04e 6753* SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
252b5132
RH
6754@end menu
6755@lowersections
6756@end ifclear
6757@end ifset
6758
6759@ifset D10V
6760@include c-d10v.texi
6761@end ifset
6762
6763@ifset D30V
6764@include c-d30v.texi
6765@end ifset
6766
6767@ifset H8/300
6768@include c-h8300.texi
6769@end ifset
6770
252b5132
RH
6771@ifset HPPA
6772@include c-hppa.texi
6773@end ifset
6774
5b93d8bb
AM
6775@ifset I370
6776@include c-i370.texi
6777@end ifset
6778
252b5132
RH
6779@ifset I80386
6780@include c-i386.texi
6781@end ifset
6782
e3308d0d
JE
6783@ifset I860
6784@include c-i860.texi
6785@end ifset
6786
252b5132
RH
6787@ifset I960
6788@include c-i960.texi
6789@end ifset
6790
9e32ca89
NC
6791@ifset IA64
6792@include c-ia64.texi
6793@end ifset
6794
a40cbfa3
NC
6795@ifset IP2K
6796@include c-ip2k.texi
6797@end ifset
6798
49f58d10
JB
6799@ifset M32C
6800@include c-m32c.texi
6801@end ifset
6802
ec694b89
NC
6803@ifset M32R
6804@include c-m32r.texi
6805@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6806
6807@ifset M680X0
6808@include c-m68k.texi
6809@end ifset
6810
60bcf0fa
NC
6811@ifset M68HC11
6812@include c-m68hc11.texi
6813@end ifset
6814
252b5132
RH
6815@ifset MIPS
6816@include c-mips.texi
6817@end ifset
6818
3c3bdf30
NC
6819@ifset MMIX
6820@include c-mmix.texi
6821@end ifset
6822
2469cfa2
NC
6823@ifset MSP430
6824@include c-msp430.texi
6825@end ifset
6826
252b5132
RH
6827@ifset NS32K
6828@include c-ns32k.texi
6829@end ifset
6830
e135f41b
NC
6831@ifset PDP11
6832@include c-pdp11.texi
6833@end ifset
6834
041dd5a9
ILT
6835@ifset PJ
6836@include c-pj.texi
6837@end ifset
6838
418c1742
MG
6839@ifset PPC
6840@include c-ppc.texi
6841@end ifset
6842
252b5132
RH
6843@ifset SH
6844@include c-sh.texi
324bfcf3 6845@include c-sh64.texi
252b5132
RH
6846@end ifset
6847
6848@ifset SPARC
6849@include c-sparc.texi
6850@end ifset
6851
39bec121
TW
6852@ifset TIC54X
6853@include c-tic54x.texi
6854@end ifset
6855
3c9b82ba
NC
6856@ifset Z80
6857@include c-z80.texi
6858@end ifset
6859
252b5132
RH
6860@ifset Z8000
6861@include c-z8k.texi
6862@end ifset
6863
6864@ifset VAX
6865@include c-vax.texi
6866@end ifset
6867
6868@ifset V850
6869@include c-v850.texi
6870@end ifset
6871
e0001a05
NC
6872@ifset XTENSA
6873@include c-xtensa.texi
6874@end ifset
6875
252b5132
RH
6876@ifset GENERIC
6877@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
6878@raisesections
6879@end ifset
6880
6881@node Reporting Bugs
6882@chapter Reporting Bugs
6883@cindex bugs in assembler
6884@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
6885
a4fb0134 6886Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
252b5132
RH
6887
6888Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
6889not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
a4fb0134
SC
6890entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
6891Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
6892
6893In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
6894information that enables us to fix the bug.
6895
6896@menu
6897* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
6898* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
6899@end menu
6900
6901@node Bug Criteria
c1253627 6902@section Have You Found a Bug?
252b5132
RH
6903@cindex bug criteria
6904
6905If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
6906
6907@itemize @bullet
6908@cindex fatal signal
6909@cindex assembler crash
6910@cindex crash of assembler
6911@item
6912If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
a4fb0134 6913@command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
252b5132
RH
6914
6915@cindex error on valid input
6916@item
a4fb0134 6917If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
252b5132
RH
6918
6919@cindex invalid input
6920@item
a4fb0134 6921If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
252b5132
RH
6922is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
6923be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
6924
6925@item
6926If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
a4fb0134 6927of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
252b5132
RH
6928@end itemize
6929
6930@node Bug Reporting
c1253627 6931@section How to Report Bugs
252b5132
RH
6932@cindex bug reports
6933@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
6934
6935A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
a4fb0134 6936you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
252b5132
RH
6937contact that organization first.
6938
6939You can find contact information for many support companies and
6940individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
6941distribution.
6942
ad22bfe8 6943@ifset BUGURL
a4fb0134 6944In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
ad22bfe8
JM
6945to @value{BUGURL}.
6946@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6947
6948The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
6949@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
6950fact or leave it out, state it!
6951
6952Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
6953and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
6954name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
6955not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
6956happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
6957perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
6958the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
6959give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
6960and the most helpful.
6961
6962Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
6963it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
6964that the bug has not been reported previously.
6965
6966Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
c1253627
NC
6967bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
6968respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
6969You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
252b5132
RH
6970
6971To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
6972
6973@itemize @bullet
6974@item
a4fb0134 6975The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
252b5132
RH
6976it with the @samp{--version} argument.
6977
6978Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
a4fb0134 6979the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
6980
6981@item
a4fb0134 6982Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
252b5132
RH
6983
6984@item
6985The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
6986version number.
6987
6988@item
a4fb0134 6989What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
252b5132
RH
6990``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
6991
6992@item
6993The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
6994observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
6995all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
6996
6997If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
6998and then we might not encounter the bug.
6999
7000@item
7001A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
7002the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
7003high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
7004when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
7005the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
7006file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
a4fb0134 7007@command{@value{AS}} is being run.
252b5132
RH
7008
7009@item
7010A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
7011incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
7012
a4fb0134 7013Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
252b5132
RH
7014will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
7015notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
7016make a mistake.
7017
7018Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
7019explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
b45619c0 7020@command{@value{AS}} is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in the C
252b5132
RH
7021library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
7022would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
7023would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
7024expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
7025observations.
7026
7027@item
a4fb0134 7028If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
252b5132
RH
7029diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
7030option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
a4fb0134 7031discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
252b5132
RH
7032by line number.
7033
7034The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
7035sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
7036@end itemize
7037
7038Here are some things that are not necessary:
7039
7040@itemize @bullet
7041@item
7042A description of the envelope of the bug.
7043
7044Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
7045which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
7046changes will not affect it.
7047
7048This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
7049will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
7050with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
7051We recommend that you save your time for something else.
7052
7053Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
7054of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
7055output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
7056less time, and so on.
7057
7058However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
7059report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
7060
7061@item
7062A patch for the bug.
7063
7064A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
7065the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
7066a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
7067to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
7068
a4fb0134 7069Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
252b5132
RH
7070construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
7071the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
7072one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
7073
7074And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
7075patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
7076help us to understand.
7077
7078@item
7079A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
7080
7081Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
7082things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
7083@end itemize
7084
7085@node Acknowledgements
7086@chapter Acknowledgements
7087
653cfe85 7088If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here,
252b5132
RH
7089it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
7090maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
7091@c (January 1994),
7092the maintainer is Ken Raeburn (email address @code{raeburn@@cygnus.com}).
7093
7094Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
7095more details?}
7096
7097Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
7098information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
7099extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
7100
7101K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
7102many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
7103up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
7104testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
7105including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
7106and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
7107support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
7108port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
7109file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
7110assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
7111
7112Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
7113in format-specific I/O modules.
7114
7115The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
7116has done much work with it since.
7117
7118The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
7119
7120Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
7121
7122The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
7123University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
7124
7125Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
7126(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
7127(which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
7128support a.out format.
7129
7be1c489
AM
7130Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 processors (tc-z8k,
7131tc-h8300), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
252b5132
RH
7132Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
7133use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
7134targets.
7135
7136John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
7137simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
7138updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
c1253627 7139fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
252b5132
RH
7140remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
7141cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
7142required the proverbial one-bit fix.
7143
7144Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
714568k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
7146added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
7147PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
7148
653cfe85 7149Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings.
252b5132
RH
7150
7151Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
7152
7153Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
7154along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
7155formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
7156the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
7157
7158Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
7159Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
7160Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
7161Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
7162and some initial 64-bit support).
7163
c1253627 7164Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
5b93d8bb 7165
252b5132
RH
7166Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
7167support for openVMS/Alpha.
7168
39bec121
TW
7169Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
7170flavors.
7171
e0001a05 7172David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
b45619c0 7173Inc.@: added support for Xtensa processors.
e0001a05 7174
252b5132
RH
7175Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
7176configuration enhancements.
7177
7178Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
7179you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
7180want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
7181intentionally leaving anyone out.
7182
c1253627 7183@include fdl.texi
cf055d54 7184
370b66a1
CD
7185@node AS Index
7186@unnumbered AS Index
252b5132
RH
7187
7188@printindex cp
7189
252b5132
RH
7190@bye
7191@c Local Variables:
7192@c fill-column: 79
7193@c End:
This page took 2.8652 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.